ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (166)
  • 2020-2024  (124)
  • 1950-1954  (42)
  • AWI Library  (166)
Collection
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    London : H.M.Stat.Off.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-164-1
    In: Scientific reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 12 S., 3 Bl. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Scientific reports / Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey 1
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: K-11-0058
    Pages: 1 Kt. in 14 Bl. : mehrfarb.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gotha [u.a.] : Haack
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A3-13-0006
    In: Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen. Ergänzungsheft
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsübersicht: Vorwort. - Einleitung. - I. Klimaklassifikation. - II. Teilklassifikationen. - III. Betrachtung des Gesamtproblems. - IV. Vergleich einiger Klassifikationen. - Zusammenfassung. - Literaturverzeichnis
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 78 S. : graph. Darst. + 10 Kt
    Edition: 2. Aufl.
    Series Statement: Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen : Ergänzungsheft 249
    Language: German
    Note: INHALTSÜBERSICHT: Vorwort. - EINLEITUNG. - I. KLIMAKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Großräumige Einteilungen. - 2. Einteilungen in Pflanzenreiche. - 3. Klassifikationen nach natürlichen Landschaften. - 4. Klassifikationen nach wirtschaftsgeographischen Gesichtspunkten. - 5. Klassifikationen nach hydrologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 6. Klassifikationen ohne schärfere Abgrenzung. - 7. Klassifikationen auf Grund der Beziehungen zwischen Klima und Pflanzenleben. - 8. Klassifikationen auf Grund eines Index. - 9. Klassifikationen auf Grund von Abgrenzungen durch meteorologische Schwellenwerte (z. T. unter Verwendung besonderer Indices). - 10. Klassifikation auf Grund von Luftmassen. - 11. Einteilungen der Windsysteme der Erde. - 12. Klimagramme. - 13. Graphische Methoden. - 14. Klassifikationsvorschläge nach biologischen und morphologisch-geologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 15. Reine Klimabeschreibungen. - II. TEILKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Abgrenzung einzelner Klimate. - (1) Allgemein. - (2) Kontinentalität und Ozeanität. - α) Nach Temperaturwerten. - β) Nach Niederschlagswerten. - γ) Nach verschiedenartigen Werten. - δ) Nach Luftkörpern. - (3) Trockengrenzen. - (4) Tropen. - (5) Gebirge. - (6) Geographisch benannte Klimate. - (7) Baumklimate. - (8) Agrarklimate. - 2. Klassifikationen von Teilen der Erdoberfläche. - 3. Ermittlung bestimmter für die Klassifikationen wesentlicher Klimagrößen. - (1) Verdunstung. - (2) Reduzierte Regenmengen. - (3) Relative Temperaturen. - (4) Effektiver Niederschlag und aktive Temperatur. - (5) Jahresgangzahlen. - III. BETRACHTUNG DES GESAMTPROBLEMS. - 1. Begriffsbestimmungen. - (1) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - (2) Zusammenfassender Vorschlag. - (3) Betrachtung einzelner Klassifikationen hinsichtlich der gewählten Begriffe. - 2. Grundlagen für die Benennung der Klimate. - 3. Zur Methodik der Klassifikation. - (1) Allgemein. - α) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - β) Welche Klimate sollen klassifiziert werden?. - γ) Wie soll die Klassifikation erfolgen?. - (2) Die einzelnen Klassifikationselemente. - (3) Einzelwerte und Mittelwerte. - IV. VERGLEICH EINIGER KLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - 2. Vergleich mittels kartenmäßiger Darstellungen. - ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - LITERATURVERZEICHNIS. - Verzeichnis der Räume mit kartierten Klimaten. - ZEHN KLIMAKARTEN VON EUROPA (BEILAGE):1. nach Supan (1916). - 2. nach Hettner (1930). - 3. nach Köppen-Geiger (1928). - 4. nach Philippson (1933). - 5. nach Philippson (1933). - 6. nach v. Wißmann (1939). - 7. nach Blair (1949). - 8. nach Gorczyński (1945). - 9. nach Thornthwaite (1933). - 10. nach Creutzburg (1950).
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Bibliogr. Inst.
    Call number: AWI E4-14-0052
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: Vorwort. - 1. Lomonossow und die erste russische Expedition zur Entdeckung einer nordöstlichen Durchfahrt. - 2. Die ersten russischen Auslandsreisen. - 3. Die ersten Russen in England. - 4. Die ersten russischen Nachrichten über Amerika. - 5. Die frühesten Nachrichten über den äußersten Norden von Sibirien. - 6. Die Entdeckung der Beringstraße durch Semen Deshnew (1648). - 7. S. P. Krascheninnikows Reisen durch Kamtschatka (1737-1741). - 8. Die ersten russischen Weltreisenden. - 9. Die russischen Entdeckungen im Stillen Ozean. - 10. Die russischen Entdeckungen in der Antarktis. - 11. A. I. Butakow, der Erforscher des Aralsees. - 12. Die Forschungen Miklucho-Maklais in Neuguinea. - 13. A. I. Wojeikow. - 14. W. L. Komarows Reisen auf Kamtschatka. - 15. Die ersten russischen Karten des Kaspischen Meeres und ihr Zusammenhang mit den Schwankungen des Meeresspiegels. - 16. Iwan Kirilows Atlas des ganzen Russischen Reiches. - 17. P. A. Slowzow und das Baersche Gesetz. - 18. Atlantis und Ägäis. - 19. Peter Petrowitsch Semjonow-Tjanschanski als Geograph. - 20. N. M. Prshewalski als Reisender. - 21. W. W. Dokutschajew und die Lehre von den geographischen Zonen. - 22. Die Bedeutung der Arbeiten W. I. Wernadskis für die Geographie. - 23. Dmitri Nikolajewitsch Anutschin. - 24. Über die geographischen Forschungen an der Akademie der Wissenschaften der UdSSR. - 25. Die geographischen Entdeckungen der Sowjetzeit. - Verzeichnis der Personennamen. - Verzeichnis der Völkernamen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 283 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Uniform Title: Očerki po istorii Russkich geografičeskich otkrytij
    Language: German
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Oslo : Univ. Press [in Komm.]
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-597-105
    In: Skrifter
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 34 S.
    Series Statement: Skrifter / Norsk Polarinstitutt 105
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Wissenschaftl. Verl.-Ges.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E1-15-0013
    In: Große Naturforscher
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: Ziel und Tat. - Jugend und Entfaltung. - Erste Reise (26.VIII. 1768 - 12.VII.1771). - Zweite Reise (21. VI.1772 - 30. VII.1775). - Dritte Reise (24.VI. 1776 - 14.II.1779). - Charakter. - Zeitbedingte Erschwerungen. - Ergebnisse. - Schrittum.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 141 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Große Naturforscher 9
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Moskva : Tovariščestvo naučnych izdanij KMK | Novosibirsk : Nauka
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94776
    Description / Table of Contents: Издание представляет собой новейшую таксономическую обработку флоры Якутии, подготовленную весьма квалифицированным и представительным коллективом авторов (более 50 специалистов, включая 15 докторов и 30 кандидатов наук). Даны ключи для определения 1950 видов, 133 подвидов и 34 разновидностей, а также 46 нотовидов, объединенных в 525 родов, 6 нотородов, 113 семейств сосудистых растений, распространенных или когда-либо отмеченных (в том числе очень редких, заносных или дичающих культурных) на территории региона. При: ведены диагностические признаки растений, сведения об их фитоценотическои или экологической приуроченности и распространении. Книга рассчитана на ботаников широкого профиля, студентов, учителей и преподавателей, ученых, биологов, экологов, работников сельского хозяйства, административных работников, отвечающих за эксплуатацию природных ресурсов.
    Description / Table of Contents: English translation of the Russian abstract: The publication is the latest taxonomic processing of the flora of Yakutia, prepared by a highly qualified and representative team of authors (more than 50 specialists, including 15 doctors and 30 candidates of sciences). Keys are given to identify 1950 species, 133 subspecies and 34 varieties, as well as 46 nothospecies, united in 525 genera, 6 nothorodes, 113 families of vascular plants, common or ever recorded (including very rare, adventive or wild cultivated) on the territory of the region. When: diagnostic signs of plants, information about their phytocenotic or ecological confinement and distribution are entered. The book is intended for general botanists, students, teachers and teachers, scientists, biologists, ecologists, agricultural workers, administrative workers responsible for the exploitation of natural resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 895 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 1 Errata
    Edition: Izdanie vtoroe, pererabotannoe i dopolnennoe [Zweite Auflage, überarbeitet und erweitert]
    ISBN: 9785907372320 , 5-907372-32-X
    Language: Russian
    Note: Text russisch; In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: 9780128230299 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (614 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9780128230299
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication List of contributors Acknowledgment Introduction Part 1: Phytoplankton taxonomy Introduction / Ruth S. Eriksen 1. Cyanobacterial diversity and taxonomic uncertainty: polyphasic pathways to improved resolution / Glenn B. McGregor and Barbara C. Sendall 2. Uses of molecular taxonomy in identifying phytoplankton communities from the Continuous Plankton Recorder Survey / Rowena Stern, Declan Schroeder, Andrea Highfield, Mana Al-Kandari, Luigi Vezzulli, Anthony Richardson 3. Impact of molecular approaches on dinoflagellate taxonomy and systematics / Christopher J.S. Bolch 4. From molecules to ecosystem functioning: insight into new approaches to taxonomy to monitor harmful algae diversity in Chile / Jorge I. Mardones, Bernd Krock, Lara Marcus, Catharina Alves-de-Souza, Satoshi Nagai, Kyoko Yarimizu, Alejandro Clément, Nicole Correa, Sebastian Silva, Javier Paredes-Mella Peter Von Dassow Part 2: Monitoring and sensing systems Introduction / Lesley A. Clementson 5. Integrating imaging and molecular approaches to assess phytoplankton diversity / Lisa Campbell, Chetan C. Gaonkar and Darren W. Henrichs 6. Advances in in situ molecular systems for phytoplankton research and monitoring / Matthew C. Smith, Levente Bodrossy and Pascal Craw 7. Applications of satellite remote sensing technology to the analysis of phytoplankton community structure on large scales / Astrid Bracher, Robert J. W. Brewin, Aurea M. Ciotti, Lesley A.Clementson, Takafumi Hirata, Tihomir S.Kostadinov, Colleen B. Mouw, Emanuele Organelli 8. Modeling phytoplankton processes in multiple functional types / Mark Baird, Stephanie Dutkiewicz, Anna Hickman, Mathieu Mongin, Monika Soja-Wozniak, Jennifer Skerratt, Karen Wild-Allen 9. Managing the societal uses of phytoplankton: technology applications and needs / Andrew D.L. Steven Part 3: Omics in aquatic ecology Introduction / Anusuya Willis 10. Current applications and technological advances in quantitative real-time PCR (qPCR): a versatile tool for the study of phytoplankton ecology / Kathryn J. Coyne, Yanfei Wang, Susanna A. Wood, Peter D. Countway, Sydney M. Greenlee 11. Phytoplankton diversity and ecology through the lens of high throughput sequencing technologies / Adriana Lopes dos Santos, Catherine Gérikas Ribeiro, Denise Ong, Laurence Garczarek, Xiao Li Shi, Scott D. Nodder, Daniel Vaulot, Andres Gutiérrez-Rodríguez 12. Comparative genomics for understanding intraspecific diversity: a case study of the cyanobacterium Raphidiopsis raciborskii / Anusuya Willis, Jason N. Woodhouse, Brett A. Neil, Michele A. Burford 13. Transcriptomic and metatranscriptomic approaches in phytoplankton: insights and advances / Bethany C.Kolody, Matthew J.Harke, Sharon E. Hook, Andrew E. Allen 14. From genes to ecosystems: using molecular information from diatoms to understand ecological processes / John A. Berges, Erica B. Young, Kimberlee Thamatrakoln, Alison R. Taylor 15. Global marine phytoplankton revealed by the Tara Oceans expedition / Flora Vincent, Federico M. Ibarbalz and Chris Bowler Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: 9783836283793 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (425 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783836283793
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort TEIL I Wie mache ich meine Behörde fit für Social Media? »Wie viel Personal kostet das?« - Die drängendste Frage der Behördenleitung 1.1 Was tun Social-Media-Verantwortliche in Behörden? Eine Aufgabenbeschreibung 1.1.1 Community Management (30 %) 1.1.2 Beiträge vorbereiten und posten (30 %) 1.1.3 Interne Kommunikation (20 %) 1.1.4 Strategie und Weiterentwicklung (5 %) 1.1.5 Organisation und Rechtliches (5 %) 1.1.6 Lernen und Fortbildung (5 %) 1.1.7 Projekte (5 %) 1.2 Wie ermittle ich den Personalbedarf für meine Behörde? 1.3 Können mir Dienstleister bei der Arbeit helfen? 2 Welche Talente brauche ich für mein Social-Media-Team? 2.1 Welche Kompetenzen muss man haben, um in einer Behörde Social Media zu machen? 2.2 Interne Personalsuche 2.3 Externe Personalsuche 3 Social-Media-Manager sind genauso wichtig wie Pressesprecher 4 Wie organisiere ich mein Social-Media-Team? 4.1 Der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.1 Was der Behörden-Newsroom nicht ist 4.1.2 Was der Behörden-Newsroom stattdessen ist 4.1.3 So ist der Behörden-Newsroom aufgebaut 4.1.4 So arbeitet der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.5 Das Neuigkeitenzimmer - Ein Erfahrungsbericht 4.2 Die behördliche Social-Media-Redaktion 4.2.1 Einbindung in die Behörden-Hierarchie 4.2.2 Struktur und Abläufe 4.2.3 Abstimmungs- und Freigabeprozesse 4.2.4 Budget und Arbeitsmittel 4.3 Was kann ich als »Ein-Personen-Team« schaffen? 5 Social Media ist auch interne Kommunikation 5.1 Zusammenarbeit mit der Behördenleitung 5.2 Zusammenarbeit mit den Fachabteilungen 5.3 Zusammenarbeit mit anderen wichtigen Stellen im Haus TEIL II Social Media ist die Bürgerkommunikation von heute Müssen wir da etwa antworten? 6.1 Der richtige Umgang mit Kommentaren und Nachrichten auf Social-Media-Kanälen 6.2 Netiquette: Wie stelle ich als Amt Diskussionsregeln auf und setze sie durch? 6.3 Community Management: Leitlinien für Behörden 6.3.1 Du oder Sie? 6.3.2 Wem darf ich als Behörde in sozialen Netzwerken folgen? 6.3.3 Welche Inhalte von anderen darf ich teilen? 6.4 Wochenend-Dienst wegen Social Media? 7 »Social Amt«: Wie ich als Behörde Beziehungen zu meinen Zielgruppen aufbaue 7.1 Netzwerken in sozialen Netzwerken 7.2 Ihr Profil ist Ihre Visitenkarte 7.3 Content is King 7.4 Follower-Treffen und Instawalks 7.5 Die wichtigste Zutat: Glaubwürdigkeit 8 Was tun, wenn ein »Shitstorm« kommt? 8.1 Wie kann man einem Shitstorm vorbeugen? 8.2 Überlebensplan bei einem Shitstorm 9 Wie gehe ich als Behörde mit Hass im Netz um? 9.1 Wie ich auf Verschwörungstheorien reagieren sollte 9.2 Muss ich bei strafrechtlich relevanten Inhalten Anzeige erstatten? TEIL III Die perfekte Social-Media-Strategie für meine Behörde 10 Wofür möchte meine Behörde Social Media nutzen? 10.1 Ziel und Zweck meiner Präsenz in sozialen Netzwerken bestimmen 10.2 Wie kann ich den Nutzen von Social Media für meine Behörde messen? 11 Meine Zielgruppen besser kennenlernen 11.1 Community-Aufbau: Wen möchten wir als Behörde ansprechen? 11.2 Wie lerne ich die Interessen unserer Zielgruppen besser kennen? 11.2.1 Toolgestützte Online-Analyse 11.2.2 Analyse ohne Hilfsmittel 11.2.3 Zielgruppenbefragung 12 Welches soziale Netzwerk passt zu meiner Behörde? 12.1 Facebook: Das Massenmedium 12.2 Instagram: Der (noch) hippe Kanal 12.3 Twitter: Das Politik-Netzwerk 12.4 XING oder nicht XING, das ist hier die Frage 12.5 LinkedIn: das Business-Facebook 12.6 YouTube: Lineares Fernsehen war gestern 12.7 TikTok: Müssen wir als Behörde jetzt auch noch singen und tanzen? 12.8 Von Podcast bis Clubhouse: Audio ist im Trend 13 Trockene Behörden-Themen spannend erzählen 13.1 Die fünf wichtigsten Social-Media-Formate für Ämter 13.2 Wie ich Inhalte finde, die unsere Follower begeistern 13.3 Storytelling für Behörden: Geschichten statt Pressemitteilungen 13.3.1 Storytelling lernen von einem Jahrhundert-Journalisten 13.3.2 Wie wird ein Amts-Inhalt zu einer guten Story? 13.3.3 Fotos, Grafiken und Videos: Wie ich Behörden-Botschaften zum Leben erwecke 13.3.4 Bloß kein Amtsdeutsch: Texten für Social Media 13.4 Wie ich einen Social-Media-Redaktionsplan aufstelle und damit Arbeitszeit spare TEIL IV Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise 14 Was unterscheidet Krisenkommunikation vom Social-Media-Tagesgeschäft? 15 Was Behörden aus der Corona-Krise kommunikativ lernen können 16 Mit der richtigen Vorbereitung sicher durch die Krise 16.1 Wie Sie einen Krisenkommunikationsplan für Social Media aufstellen 16.2 Checkliste: Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise TEIL V So werde ich Behörden-Influencer 17 Corporate Influencer in Behörden 17.1 Strategischer Einsatz von Behörden-Botschaftern: Warum ich meinem Amt viele Gesichter geben sollte 17.2 Wie ich Behörden-Botschafter am besten unterstütze 17.3 Wie kann ich Behörden-Botschafter*in werden? 18 Behördenleiter-Kommunikation auf Social Media 18.1 Wie überzeuge ich meine Chefin oder meinen Chef zu twittern? 18.2 Personal Branding: Wie ich mich als behördliche Führungskraft richtig in sozialen Netzwerken positioniere TEIL VI Best Practice: Von den besten Ämtern lernen 19 Polizei Sachsen: Verdächtig gute Kommunikation 20 Land Schleswig-Holstein: Azubis als Instagram-Stars 21 Der österreichische Bundespräsident und sein Team: Social-Media-Star mit 77 Jahren 22 Stadt Nürnberg: Die Foto-Community 23 Land Brandenburg: Mit Herz und Humor auf Facebook 24 Stadtbibliothek Erlangen: Idee schlägt Budget Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    facet.materialart.12
    Göttingen : Wallstein Verlag
    Call number: 9783835344945 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte von Biologie und Ozeanographie im Kielwasser der Walfänger. Immer wieder entzieht sich der Wal wissenschaftlicher Klassifikation und Darstellbarkeit. Wale sind buchstäblich nicht zu fassen - als sich die neuen biologischen Wissenschaften im 19. Jahrhundert daran machten, »das Leben« zu erklären, blieb das der Wale ein Problem. Doch Walfänger durchkreuzten auf ihren Spuren im 19. Jahrhundert die Meere der Welt. Kartographen erschlossen auf den Spuren dieser Walfänger die Nordwestpassage und den pazifischen Ozean, während Naturhistoriker und Zoologen sie in die Lebensräume der Wale begleiten. Felix Lüttge erzählt die Geschichte der Walfänger, die den Walen, und der Wissenschaftler, die wiederum den Walfängern folgten.Es ist eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte des Wals wie auch der Meere, die auf seinen Spuren durchfahren und vermessen wurden. Felix Lüttge beschreibt die komplexen Austauschprozesse, mit denen Walfänger und Wissenschaftler ökonomisches, ozeanographisches, zoologisches und geographisches Wissen hervorbrachten.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (278 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783835344945
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Humboldt-Universität Berlin, 2018 , Inhalt I. Einleitung 1. Auf den Spuren des Wals 2. Geographien des Lebens 3. Ein neuer Leviathan II. Intelligente Walfänger: Entstehung einer historiographischen Figur 1. An den Rändern des Golfstroms 2. Nachrichten aus dem Pazifik 3. Nomaden des Meeres III. Die Daten der Walfänger: Der Kartograph im Archiv 1. Ozeanographie als Globalwissenschaft 2. Humboldts amerikanische Söhne und die Erforschung der Meere 3. Aufschreibesysteme des Walfangs 4. Datenmeere 5. Kurven im Meer. IV. Der Wal als taxonomische Anomalie: Kleine Klassifikationsgeschichte des Wals V. Jäger und Sammler: Unmögliche Forschung 1. Strandgut, Spektakel 2. Beuteforschung 3. Zerlegen und Zusammensetzen VI. Elementare Obdachlosigkeit: Unmögliches Leben 1. Weißwale am Broadway 2. Zu Gast im Meer VII. Schluss Epilog: Gattungsfragen Quellen Literatur Bildnachweise Dank
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: 9783830543152 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (692 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783830543152
    Series Statement: Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung Halle-Wittenberg
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Intro Verzeichnis der Tafeln Abkürzungsverzeichnis Zentrale Ergebnisse A | 30 Jahre Aufarbeitung, Erforschung und Dokumentation der Naturwissenschaften in SBZ, DDR und Ostdeutschland 1. Die Strukturen der Naturwissenschaften in der DDR 1.1. Institutionenlandschaft 1.1.1. Öffentliche Hochschulen 1.1.2. Akademien 1.1.3. Industrieforschung 1.1.4. Weitere Einrichtungen 1.1.5. Die Landschaft im Überblick 1.2. Ausstattungen 1.2.1. Personal 1.2.2. Hochschulbau 1.2.3. Hochschulmedizin 1.2.4. Hochschul- und Akademieforschung vs. Industrieforschung 2. Naturwissenschaften und Politik in der DDR 2.1. 40er und 50er Jahre 2.2. 60er Jahre 2.3. 70er Jahre 2.4. 80er Jahre 3. Das Umbruchsjahr 1989/90 und die Umbauprozesse in den 90er Jahren 3.1. Das 41. Jahr der DDR 3.1.1. Der Aufbruch und die Wissenschaft 3.1.2. Beispiel Medizinische Fakultäten 3.2. Strukturen - Personalstrukturen - Personal 3.2.1. Integritätsprüfungen 3.2.2. Fachliche Überprüfungen 3.2.3. Strukturumbauten 3.2.4. Der strukturgebundene Personalumbau 3.2.5. Kulturelle Dimension 4. Forschung, Dokumentation und Erinnerung seit 1990 4.1. Bearbeitungsanlässe und begünstigende Umstände 4.2. Drei Zugänge 4.2.1. Fächer und Forschungsfelder 4.2.2. Personen 4.2.3. Institutionelle Erinnerungspolitik 4.3. Strategien der Geschichtspolitik: sechs Beispiele naturwissenschaftlich geprägter Hochschulen 4.3.1. TU Dresden: Das Selbstbewusstsein der Ingenieure 4.3.2. BTU Cottbus-Senftenberg: Bauliche Zeitzeugenpflege in einem geschichtslosen Umfeld 4.3.3. TU Bergakademie Freiberg: Wissenschaftliche Aufarbeitung bei zurückhaltender Ergebniskommunikation 4.3.4. Hochschule Mittweida: "Eine Marketingstrategie aus unserem Archiv aufgebaut" 4.3.5. Ernst-Abbe-Hochschule Jena: Stunde Null 4.3.6. Hochschule Wismar: Tradition in Anekdoten 4.4. Querschnittsthemen im Spiegel der Literatur seit 1990 4.4.1. Widerständigkeit und Opposition 4.4.2. Studium 4.4.3. Kommunikationsstrukturen 4.4.4. Thematische Überraschungen 4.4.5. Skandalisierungen nach 1990 4.4.6. Komparative Darstellungen 4.4.7. Belletristik vor und nach 1990 4.5. Prägende inhaltliche Differenzen in der Literaturlandschaft 5. Resümee 5.1. (Natur-)Wissenschaft und Politik in der DDR 5.2. (Natur-)Wissenschaft und Politik nach der DDR 5.3. 1.900 Bücher in drei Jahrzehnten 5.4. Mehr tun? Das zeitgeschichtliche Instrumentarium für Fakultäten, Institute, Kliniken und Fachgesellschaften Literaturnachweise zu Teil A B | Bibliografische Dokumentation 0. Zum Aufbau der Bibliografie B-I. SBZ und DDR: 1945-1989 1. Fächerübergreifendes 1.1. Übersichten und Statistisches 1.2. Einzelthemen übergreifende Darstellungen 1.3. Spezielle fächerübergreifende Themen und Forschungsfelder 1.3.1. Naturwissenschaftliche Reparationsleistungen in der Sowjetunion 1.3.2. Wissenschafts- und Technologiespionage 1.3.3. Das MfS in den DDR-Naturwissenschaften 1.3.4. Geschichtsschreibung zu Naturwissenschaften, Medizin und Technik 1.3.5. Wissenschaftsforschung (Science of Science) 1.3.6. Die wissenschaftliche Kommunikation und ihre Infrastrukturen 1.3.7. Pädagogik und Didaktik der Mathematik, Natur- und Ingenieurwissenschaften 1.4. Akademien, fächerübergreifend 1.4.1. Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR 1.4.2. Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina 1.4.3. Sächsische Akademie der Wissenschaften 1.5. Fächerübergreifendes zu einzelnen Standorten 2. Mathematik 3. Kybernetik 4. Informatik, Rechentechnik, Mikroelektronik 5. Physik, Astronomie 6. Chemie 7. Geowissenschaften, Meteorologie 8. Agrar- und Umweltwissenschaften 8.1. Allgemeines 8.2. Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften und ihre Institute 8.3. Akademie der Wissenschaften 8.4. Agrarwissenschaften an Hochschulen 9. Veterinärmedizin, Tierseuchenforschung 10. Biowissenschaften 10.1. Allgemeines 10.2. Zoologie 10.3. Botanik 10.4. Biochemie, Mikrobiologie, Genetik 11. Sportwissenschaft 12. Psychologie 12.1. Allgemeines 12.2. Hochschulen 12.3. Subdisziplinen und spezielle Themen 13. Akademische Medizin 13.1. Einzelfächer Übergreifendes 13.1.1. Allgemeines 13.1.2. Medizinstudium und -studierende 13.1.3. Standorte 13.2. Fächer 13.2.1. Anatomie 13.2.2. Pathologie, Gerichtliche Medizin 13.2.3. Innere Medizin 13.2.4. Chirurgie 13.2.5. Urologie 13.2.6. Radiologie und Strahlentherapie 13.2.7. Kinder- und Jugendmedizin 13.2.8. Frauenheilkunde und Geburtshilfe 13.2.9. Dermatologie und Venerologie 13.2.10. Pharmazie, Pharmakologie, Toxikologie 13.2.11. Sportmedizin und Dopingforschung 13.2.12. Neurowissenschaften, Psychiatrie, klinische Psychologie 13.2.13. Arbeitsmedizin, Sozialhygiene, Sozialmedizin 13.2.14. Militärmedizin 13.2.15. Zahnmedizin, Kieferorthopädie und -chirurgie 13.2.16. Krankenpflege, Pflege- und Medizinpädagogik 13.2.17. Medizinethik 13.2.18. Sonstige Fächer 14. Ingenieurwissenschaften 14.1. Einzelfächer Übergreifendes 14.1.1. Allgemeines 14.1.2. Standorte 14.1.3. Wissenschaftlicher Gerätebau 14.1.4. Offiziershochschulen 14.2. Maschinenbau 14.3. Elektrotechnik, Elektronik 14.4. Verfahrenstechnik 14.5. Bauingenieurwesen, Architektur, Stadt- und Raumplanungsforschung 14.6. Weitere Fächer und Forschungsfelder 14.7. Ein Sonderfall: Karl Hans Janke B-II. Das Transformationsjahrzehnt: 1990-2000 15. Fächergruppenübergreifendes 16. Naturwissenschaften 16.1. Regional Übergreifendes 16.2. Wissenschaftsratsempfehlungen 16.3. Berlin 16.4. Brandenburg 16.5. Mecklenburg-Vorpommern 16.6. Sachsen 16.7. Sachsen-Anhalt 16.8. Thüringen 17. Akademische Medizin 17.1. Allgemeines 17.2. Wissenschaftsratsempfehlungen 17.3. Einzelne Standorte 18. Ingenieurwissenschaften, Entwicklung des Innovationssystems, Industrieforschung 18.1. Länderübergreifendes 18.2. Berlin 18.3. Brandenburg 18.4. Mecklenburg-Vorpommern 18.5. Sachsen 18.6. Sachsen-Anhalt 18.7. Thüringen Personenregister Autor.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    facet.materialart.12
    Tucson : University of Arizona Press
    Call number: 978-0-8165-4439-4 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Once Upon the Permafrost is a longitudinal climate ethnography about "knowing" a specific culture and the ecosystem that culture physically and spiritually depends on in the twenty-first-century context of climate change. Through careful integration of contemporary narratives, on-site observations, and document analysis, Susan Alexandra Crate shows how local understandings of change and the vernacular knowledge systems they are founded on provide critical information for interdisciplinary collaboration and effective policy prescriptions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxviii, 327 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: Open-access edition published 2022
    ISBN: 9780816541553 , 0816541558 , 9780816541546 , 081654154X
    Series Statement: Critical green engagements: understanding the green economy and its alternatives
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: 9783030756024 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides examples of pollutants, such as accidental oil spills and non-degradable plastic debris, which affect marine organisms of all taxa. Terrestrial runoff washes large amounts of dissolved organic materials from agriculture and industry, toxic heavy metals, pharmaceuticals, and persistent organic pollutants which end up into rivers, coastal habitats, and open waters. While this book is not intended to encyclopaedically list all kinds of pollution, it rather exemplifies the problems by concentrating on a number of serious and prominent recent developments. The chapters in this book also discuss measures to decrease and remove aquatic pollution to mitigate the stress on aquatic organisms. Aquatic ecosystems provide a wide range of ecological and economical services. In addition to providing a large share of the staple diet for a fast growing human population, oceans absorb most of the anthropogenically emitted carbon dioxide and mitigate climate change. As well as rising temperatures and ocean acidification, pollution poses increasing problems for aquatic ecosystems and organisms reducing its functioning and services which are exposed to a plethora of stress factors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 426 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030756024 , 978-3-030-75602-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Donat-P. Häder, E. Walter Helbling, and Virginia E. Villafañe 2 Pollution Affecting Cyanobacteria in Aquatic Habitats / Abha Pandey, Sonal Mishra, Neha Kumari, Vidya Singh, and Rajeshwar P. Sinha 3 Effects of Pollution on Fish / Donat-P. Häder 4 Effects of Pollution in Aquatic Food Chains / Raúl González, Cristian Durante, Marina Arcagni, Romina Juncos, Juan Seco Pon, Enrique Crespo, and Maite Narvarte 5 Pollution in the Arctic Ocean / Sten-Åke Wängberg and Göran Björk 6 Contamination of Coral Reefs in the Mexican Caribbean / Anastazia T. Banaszak 7 Input of Terrestrial Material into Coastal Patagonian Waters and Its Effects on Phytoplankton Communities from the Chubut River Estuary (Argentina) / Juan I. Vizzo, Marco J. Cabrerizo, Virginia E. Villafañe, and E. Walter Helbling 8 Marine Eutrophication: Overview from Now to the Future / Paulo Antunes Horta, Leonardo Rubi Rörig, Giulia Burle Costa, José Bonomi Baruffi, Eduardo Bastos, Lyllyan Santos Rocha, Giovanna Destri, and Alessandra Larissa Fonseca 9 Anthropogenic Pollution of Coastal Ecosystems in Brazil / Sebastian M. Strauch and Gilmar S. Erzinger 10 Hydrochemical Insight and Groundwater Supply: A Case Study of Patagonia’s Chubut River / Américo I. Torres, Luis F. H. Niencheski, Verena A. Campodonico, Andrea I. Pasquini, Mauricio Faleschini, and Pedro J. Depetris 11 Pharmaceutical Pollutants in Aquatic Ecosystems / Gilmar S. Erzinger, Sebastian M. Strauch, Monique Fröhlich, Carla Keite Machado, and Lineu del Ciampo 12 Detergents Pollution in Freshwater Ecosystems / Azizullah Azizullah, Sarzamin Khan, Sabeela Rehman, Nadia Taimur, and Donat-P. Häder 13 Heavy Metals Pollution in Surface Waters of Pakistan / Azizullah Azizullah, Nadia Taimur, Sarzamin Khan, and Donat-P. Häder 14 Arsenic Pollution / Donat-P. Häder 15 Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Atlantic Coastal Patagonia / Marina L. Nievas El Makte, Rosana Polifroni, Marcela A. Sepúlveda, and Ana Fazio 16 Dumping of Toxic Waste into the Oceans / Donat-P. Häder 17 Microplastics as Pollutants in the Marine Environment / Anthony Andrady and Liping Zhu 18 Effects of Ocean Acidification on Marine Primary Producers and Related Ecological Processes Under Multiple Stressors / Peng Jin and Kunshan Gao
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer
    Call number: 9783030468620 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book gives an overview of the tectonic, geological, potential fields, etc maps of the Arctic that were compiled during geological and geophysical studies conducted in the Arctic over the past 15 years under the International project “Atlas of Geological Maps of the Circumpolar Arctic at a scale of 5M” and presents the results of geological, geophysical, paleogeographic and tectonic studies carried out in the Arctic Ocean and the Eastern Arctic during the implementation of national mapping and scientific programmes and studies intended to provide scientific substantiation for the extension of the continental shelf (ECS). Given its scope, the book will appeal to a wide range of geologists. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 208 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030468620 , 978-3-030-46862-0
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents New Tectonic Map of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, M. Pubellier, S. P. Shokalsky, A. F. Morozov, Yu. B. Kazmin, S. N. Kashubin, V. A. Vernikovsky, M. Smelror, H. Brekke, V. D. Kaminsky, and I. I. Pospelov Deep Structures of the Circumpolar Arctic / S. N. Kashubin, O. V. Petrov, V. A. Poselov, S. P. Shokalsky, E. D. Milshtein, and T. P. Litvinova Arctic Sedimentary Cover Structure and Eastern Arctic Structure Maps / L. A. Daragan-Sushchova, E. O. Petrov, O. V. Petrov, and N. N. Sobolev Geological and Paleogeographic Map of the Eastern Arctic / O. V. Petrov, E. O. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, D. I. Leontiev, and V. N. Zinchenko Study of the Arctic Seabed Rocks / O. V. Petrov, S. P. Shokalsky, T. Yu. Tolmacheva, O. L. Kossovaya, and S. A. Sergeev Geology of the Eastern Arctic Islands and Continental Fridge of the Arctic Seas / O. V. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, S. D. Sokolov, A. V. Prokopiev, V. F. Proskurnin, E. O. Petrov, and T. Yu. Tolmacheva Correlation of Chukotka, Wrangel Island and the Mendeleev Rise / M. I. Tuchkova, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, and O. V. Petrov Tectonic Model and Evolution of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, S. N. Kashubin, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, E. O. Petrov, and M. I. Tuchkova
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030384418 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: MATLAB® is used in a wide range of geoscientific applications, e.g. for image processing in remote sensing, for creating and processing digital elevation models, and for analyzing time series. This book introduces readers to MATLAB-based data analysis methods used in the geosciences, including basic statistics for univariate, bivariate and multivariate datasets, time-series analysis, signal processing, the analysis of spatial and directional data, and image analysis. The revised and updated Fifth Edition includes seven new sections, and the majority of the chapters have been rewritten and significantly expanded. New sections include error analysis, the problem of classical linear regression of log-transformed data, aligning stratigraphic sequences, the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index, Aitchison’s log-ratio transformation, graphical representation of spherical data, and statistics of spherical data. The book also includes numerous examples demonstrating how MATLAB can be used on datasets from the earth sciences. The supplementary electronic material (available online through SpringerLink) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book and the sample data.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783030384418 , 978-3-030-38441-8
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Analysis in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Data Collection 1.3 Types of Data 1.4 Methods of Data Analysis Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Data Types in MATLAB 2.6 Data Storage and Handling 2.7 Control Flow 2.8 Scripts and Functions 2.9 Basic Visualization Tools 2.10 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.11 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.12 Creating Graphical User Interfaces Recommended Reading 3 Univariate Statistics 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Empirical Distributions 3.3 Examples of Empirical Distributions 3.4 Theoretical Distributions 3.5 Examples of Theoretical Distributions 3.6 Hypothesis Testing 3.7 The t-Test 3.8 The F-Test 3.9 The v2-Test 3.10 The Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test 3.11 Mann-Whitney Test 3.12 The Ansari-Bradley Test 3.13 Distribution Fitting 3.14 Error Analysis Recommended Reading 4 Bivariate Statistics 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Correlation Coefficients 4.3 Classical Linear Regression Analysis 4.4 Analyzing the Residuals 4.5 Bootstrap Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.6 Jackknife Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.7 Cross Validation 4.8 Reduced Major Axis Regression 4.9 Curvilinear Regression 4.10 Nonlinear and Weighted Regression 4.11 Classical Linear Regression of Log-Transformed Data Recommended Reading 5 Time-Series Analysis 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Generating Signals 5.3 Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.4 Examples of Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.5 Interpolating and Analyzing Unevenly-Spaced Data 5.6 Evolutionary Power Spectrum 5.7 Lomb-Scargle Power Spectrum 5.8 Wavelet Power Spectrum 5.9 Detecting Abrupt Transitions in Time Series 5.10 Aligning Stratigraphic Sequences 5.11 Nonlinear Time-Series Analysis (by N. Marwan) Recommended Reading 6 Signal Processing 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Generating Signals 6.3 Linear Time-Invariant Systems 6.4 Convolution, Deconvolution and Filtering 6.5 Comparing Functions for Filtering Data Series 6.6 Recursive and Nonrecursive Filters 6.7 Impulse Response 6.8 Frequency Response 6.9 Filter Design 6.10 Adaptive Filtering Recommended Reading 7 Spatial Data 7.1 Types of Spatial Data 7.2 The Global Geography Database GSHHG 7.3 The 1 Arc-Minute Gridded Global Relief Data ETOPO1 7.4 The 30 Arc-Seconds Elevation Model GTOPO30 7.5 The Shuttle Radar Topography Mission SRTM 7.6 Exporting 3D Graphics to Create Interactive Documents 7.7 Gridding and Contouring 7.8 Comparison of Methods and Potential Artifacts 7.9 Statistics of Point Distributions 7.10 Analysis of Digital Elevation Models (by R. Gebbers) 7.11 Geostatistics and Kriging (by R. Gebbers) Recommended Reading 8 Image Processing 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Data Storage 8.3 Importing, Processing and Exporting Images 8.4 Importing, Processing and Exporting LANDSAT Images 8.5 Importing and Georeferencing TERRA ASTER Images 8.6 Processing and Exporting EO-1 Hyperion Images 8.7 Digitizing from the Screen 8.8 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 8.9 Color-Intensity Transects Across Varved Sediments 8.10 Grain Size Analysis from Microscope Images 8.11 Quantifying Charcoal in Microscope Images 8.12 Shape-Based Object Detection in Images 8.13 The Normalized Difference Vegetation Index Recommended Reading 9 Multivariate Statistics 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Principal Component Analysis 9.3 Independent Component Analysis (by N. Marwan) 9.4 Discriminant Analysis 9.5 Cluster Analysis 9.6 Multiple Linear Regression 9.7 Aitchison’s Log-Ratio Transformation Recommended Reading 10 Directional Data 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Graphical Representation of Circular Data 10.3 Empirical Distributions of Circular Data 10.4 Theoretical Distributions of Circular Data 10.5 Test for Randomness of Circular Data 10.6 Test for the Significance of a Mean Direction 10.7 Test for the Difference between Two Sets of Directions 10.8 Graphical Representation of Spherical Data 10.9 Statistics of Spherical Data Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030780135 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book describes the structure, composition and evolution of the Earth, the main geological processes occurring on it, and how some crucial environmental matters that are amply debated in the media (e.g. pollution, greenhouse effect) can be fully understood by placing them in the holistic context of the system Earth as a whole. It provides basic information on a series of key geological issues, from the structure and composition of the Earth to the large-scale processes that characterize our planet, such as rock alteration and sedimentation, magmatism, geomagnetism, seismicity, plate tectonics, cyclical migration of chemical elements through various Earth reservoirs (Geochemical Cycles), and evolution of the planet from Hadean to present. It intends to reach a wide readership, which is interested in our planet and wish to have a general and comprehensive view of its origin, evolution and activity. Potential readership includes undergraduate and advanced undergraduate students in Geology and other scientific disciplines, and any moderately- to well-educated people interested in the surrounding world and eager to gain a basic knowledge of the Earth and to reach an integrated view of how our planet is working. Includes debated issues of the environmental changes by framing them within the evolution and history of the Earth.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2021, corrected publication 2022
    ISBN: 9783030780135 , 978-3-030-78013-5
    Uniform Title: Aria, Acqua, Terra, Fuoco Come funziona il sistema Terra
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The World Hidden Beneath Us - Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Xenoliths, Meteorites, Earthquakes: Witnesses of the Underground World 1.3 The Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.3.1 The Compositional Layering: Core, Mantle, and Crust 1.3.2 The Mechanical Layering: Inner Core, Outer Core, Convective Mantle, and Lithosphere 1.4 Summary 1.5 Box 1.1 - Minerals and Rocks References 2 Air, Water, Earth - The Exogenic Geological Processes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Rocks and Soils 2.3 The Atmosphere 2.4 The Hydrosphere 2.5 The Sedimentary Cycle: Air, Water and Earth at Work 2.5.1 Rocks Breakdown 2.5.2 Removal and Transportation of Weathering Products 2.5.3 Sediment Deposition 2.5.4 Diagenesis: Back to Rocks 2.6 The Remains of Mountains 2.7 The Fate of the Organic Matter 2.8 Summary 2.9 Box 2.1 - Water-Air-Earth Interaction: Some Basic Geochemistry 2.10 Box 2.2 - Limestone, a Most Meritorious Rock References 3 Fire - How Magmatism Shaped the Earth 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Magmas: What They Are, How They Form 3.3 Magmatism and the Structure of the Earth 3.3.1 From Chaos to Order 3.4 Volcanism 3.4.1 Types of Volcanic Eruptions 3.4.2 Volcanism and the Terrestrial Environment 3.4.3 Large Igneous Provinces and Mass Extinctions 3.5 Global Distribution of Magmatism 3.6 Summary 3.7 Box 3.1 - Magmatism: How and Why 3.7.1 Main Types of Magma 3.7.2 Ascent, Diversification and Solidification of Magmas 3.8 Box 3.2 - Heat Flow and Geothermal Energy 3.9 Box 3.3 - Magmatism and Ore Deposits References 4 Geomagnetism - The Space Shield of the Planet Earth 4.1 Introduction 4.2 The Earth’s Magnetic Field 4.3 Palaeomagnetism: The Magnetic Memory of Rocks 4.3.1 Magnetic Reversal 4.4 Palaeomagnetism, Continental Drift, and Ocean Floor Spreading 4.5 Summary 4.6 Box 4.1 - Geomagnetism: A Historical Perspective 4.7 Box 4.2 - Geomagnetism and the Biosphere References 5 Seismicity—The Breath of a Restless Earth 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Rock Failure, Earthquakes, and Faults 5.2.1 Stress and Rock Deformation 5.2.2 Earthquakes and Faults 5.3 Seismic Waves 5.4 Seismographs and Seismograms 5.5 Earthquake Magnitude, Intensity and Frequency 5.6 Global Distribution of Earthquakes 5.7 Summary 5.8 Box 5.1- Earthquake Effects, Prediction, Forecasting, and Mitigation References 6 Plate Tectonics - The Great Unifying Theory 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Fixism Versus Mobilism 6.2.1 The Theory of Continental Drift 6.2.2 From Continental Drift to Plate Tectonics 6.3 Plate Tectonics: The Framework 6.4 The Plate Boundaries 6.4.1 Divergent Boundaries 6.4.2 Convergent Boundaries 6.4.3 Transform Boundaries 6.5 Why Do Plates Move? 6.6 Where, When and Why Does Subduction Start 6.7 Summary 6.8 Box 6.1 - Linear Volcanism and Hotspots 6.9 Box 6.2 - The Continents References 7 Geochemical Cycles - The Circulatory System of Planet Earth 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Geochemical Cycles: Some Definitions 7.3 The Water Cycle 7.4 The Sodium Cycle 7.5 The Carbon Biogeochemical Cycle 7.6 The Phosphorus Biogeochemical Cycle 7.7 The Nitrogen Biogeochemical Cycle 7.8 The Oxygen Cycle 7.9 The Iron Cycle 7.10 The Geochemical Cycles of Lead and Arsenic 7.11 Summary 7.12 Box 7.1 The Rock Cycle 7.13 Box 7.2 The Geochemical Cycles and the Age of the Earth References 8 The Geochemical Cycles and the Environment - How Man is Changing the Earth 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Geochemical Cycles and Environmental Pollution 8.2.1 Toxic Elements 8.2.2 Phosphorus and Nitrogen Compounds 8.3 Environmental Aspects of the Carbon Cycle 8.3.1 CO2 and the Ocean Acidification 8.3.2 CO2 and the Greenhouse Effect 8.3.3 CO2 and Climatic Change: A Geological Perspective 8.3.4 A Lesson for the Future 8.4 Plastic Waste Pollution 8.5 Summary 8.6 Box 8.1 - Stable Isotopes: Measuring the Temperature of the Past 8.6.1 Some Basics of Isotope Geochemistry 8.6.2 The Delta Notation 8.6.3 Oxygen-Hydrogen Isotope Geothermometry 8.7 Box 8.2 - CO2 Sequestration: The message from Decameron References 9 From Hadean to Anthropocene - The Endless Story of a Lucky Planet 9.1 Introduction 9.2 From the Solar Nebula to the Formation of Planets 9.3 Hadean: The Hellish Aeon (~4600–4000 Ma) 9.4 Archaean (4000–2500 Ma): The Dawn of Life and the Start of Modern Plate Tectonics 9.5 Proterozoic (2500–541 Ma): Oxygen, Eukaryotes, Supercontinents 9.6 Phanerozoic: The explosion of Complex Organisms (541–0 Ma) 9.6.1 The Spread of Animals and Plants 9.7 Finally, The Anthropocene 9.8 The Gaia Hypothesis 9.9 Summary 9.10 Box 9.1 - Geochronology: How Ages of Rocks, Fossils and Geologic Events Are Determined 9.10.1 Relative Age of Rocks and Fossils 9.10.2 Absolute Age References 10 Epilogue 10.1 The Earth Anomaly 10.2 The Best of All Possible Worlds 10.3 Historical Times, Geological Times 10.4 Technology, Natural Resources and Environmental Impact 10.5 Natura, Non Nisi Parendo Vincitur Correction to: Air, Water, Earth, Fire Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: 9789811614903 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively summarizes the biological mechanisms of coloration and pattern formation of animals at molecular and cellular level, offering up-to-date knowledge derived from remarkable progress in the last 10 years. The brilliant coloration, conspicuous patterns and spectacular color changes displayed by some vertebrates and invertebrates are generally their strategies of the utmost importance for survival. Consists of mainly three parts, starts with introductory chapter, such as Pigments and Pigment Organelles, Developmental Genetics of Pigment Cell Formation, Adult Pigment Patterns, and Color Changes, this book introduces new pigment compounds in addition to classically known pigments and organelles, explains how the generation of multiple types of pigment cell is genetically controlled, describes the mechanisms underlying the zebrafish stripe formation as well as other animals and also summarizes the mechanism of physiological and morphological color changes of teleost, amphibian and cephalopod. Written by experts in the field, this book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in biological fields who are interested in pigmentation mechanisms of animals.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811614903 , 978-981-16-1490-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Pigments and Pigment Organelles 1 Pigments in Insects / Ryo Futahashi and Mizuko Osanai-Futahashi 2 Melanins in Vertebrates / Kazumasa Wakamatsu and Shosuke Ito 3 Body Color Expression in Birds / Toyoko Akiyama and Keiji Kinoshita 4 Pigments in Teleosts and their Biosynthesis / Tetsuaki Kimura 5 Bioluminescence and Pigments / José Paitio and Yuichi Oba Part II Pigment Cell and Patterned Pigmentation 6 Development of Melanin-Bearing Pigment Cells in Birds and Mammals / Heinz Arnheiter and Julien Debbache 7 Pigment Cell Development in Teleosts / Hisashi Hashimoto, Makoto Goda, and Robert N. Kelsh 8 Pigment Patterning in Teleosts / Jennifer Owen, Christian Yates, and Robert N. Kelsh 9 Theoretical Studies of Pigment Pattern Formation / Seita Miyazawa, Masakatsu Watanabe, and Shigeru Kondo 10 Evolution of Pigment Pattern Formation in Teleosts / David M. Parichy and Yipeng Liang 11 Mechanisms of Feather Structural Coloration and Pattern Formation in Birds / Shinya Yoshioka and Toyoko Akiyama 12 Mechanism of Color Pattern Formation in Insects / Yuichi Fukutomi and Shigeyuki Koshikawa Part III Color Changes 13 Physiological and Morphological Color Changes in Teleosts and in Reptiles / Makoto Goda and Takeo Kuriyama 14 Color Change in Cephalopods / Yuzuru Ikeda 15 Physiological and Biochemical Mechanisms of Insect Color Change Towards Understanding Molecular Links / Minoru Moriyama
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783030647773 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, volume 99
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a step-by-step methodology and derivation of deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN), especially for estimating parameters, with back-propagation as well as examples with real datasets of hydrometeorology (e.g. streamflow and temperature) and environmental science (e.g. water quality). Deep learning is known as part of machine learning methodology based on the artificial neural network. Increasing data availability and computing power enhance applications of deep learning to hydrometeorological and environmental fields. However, books that specifically focus on applications to these fields are limited. Most of deep learning books demonstrate theoretical backgrounds and mathematics. However, examples with real data and step-by-step explanations to understand the algorithms in hydrometeorology and environmental science are very rare. This book focuses on the explanation of deep learning techniques and their applications to hydrometeorological and environmental studies with real hydrological and environmental data. This book covers the major deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN) as well as the conventional artificial neural network model.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030647773 , 978-3-030-64777-3
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library volume 99
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What is Deep Learning? 1.2 Pros and Cons of Deep Learning 1.3 Recent Applications of Deep Learning in Hydrometeorological and Environmental Studies 1.4 Organization of Chapters 1.5 Summary and Conclusion References 2 Mathematical Background 2.1 Linear Regression Model 2.1.1 Simple Linear Regression 2.1.2 Multiple Linear Regression 2.2 Time Series Model 2.2.1 Autoregressive Model (AR) 2.3 Probability Distributions 2.3.1 Normal Distributions 2.3.2 Gamma Distribution 2.4 Exercises References 3 Data Preprocessing 3.1 Normalization 3.2 Data Splitting for Training and Testing 3.3 Exercises 4 Neural Network 4.1 Terminology in Neural Network 4.1.1 Components of Neural Network 4.1.2 Activation Functions 4.1.3 Error and Loss Function 4.1.4 Softmax and One-Hot Encoding 4.2 Artificial Neural Network 4.2.1 Simplest Network 4.2.2 Feedforward and Backward Propagation 4.2.3 Network with Multiple Input and Output Variables 4.2.4 Python Coding of the Simple Network 4.3 Exercises 5 Training a Neural Network 5.1 Initialization 5.2 Gradient Descent 5.3 Backpropagation 5.3.1 Simple Network 5.3.2 Full Neural Network 5.3.3 Python Coding of Network 5.4 Exercises Reference 6 Updating Weights 6.1 Momentum 6.2 Adagrad 6.3 RMSprop 6.4 Adam 6.5 Nadam 6.6 Python Coding of Updating Weights 6.7 Exercises References 7 Improving Model Performance 7.1 Batching and Minibatch 7.2 Validation 7.2.1 Python Coding of K-Fold Cross-Validation 7.3 Regularization 7.3.1 L-Norm Regularization 7.3.2 Dropout 7.3.3 Python Coding of Regularization 7.4 Exercises Reference 8 Advanced Neural Network Algorithms 8.1 Extreme Learning Machine (ELM) 8.1.1 Basic ELM 8.1.2 Generalized ELM 8.1.3 Python Coding 8.2 Autoencoder 8.2.1 Vanilla Autoencoder 8.2.2 Regularized Autoencoder 8.2.3 Python Coding of Regularized AE 8.3 Exercises Reference 9 Deep Learning for Time Series 9.1 Recurrent Neural Network 9.1.1 Backpropagation 9.1.2 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.2 Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) 9.2.1 Basics of LSTM 9.2.2 Example of LSTM 9.2.3 Backpropagation of a Simple LSTM 9.2.4 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.3 Gated Recurrent Unit (GRU) 9.3.1 Basics of GRU 9.3.2 Example of GRU 9.3.3 Backpropagation of a Simple GRU Model 9.4 Exercises References 10 Deep Learning for Spatial Datasets 10.1 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) 10.1.1 Definition of Convolution 10.1.2 Elements of CNN 10.2 Backpropagation of CNN 10.3 Exercises 11 Tensorflow and Keras Programming for Deep Learning 11.1 Basic Keras Modeling 11.2 Temporal Deep Learning (LSTM and GRU) 11.3 Spatial Deep Learning (CNN) 11.4 Exercises References 12 Hydrometeorological Applications of Deep Learning 12.1 Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.1 Mathematical Description for Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.2 Colorado Monthly Streamflow 12.1.3 Results of Colorado River 12.1.4 Python Coding 12.1.5 Matlab Coding 12.2 Forecasting Daily Temperature with LSTM 12.2.1 Preparing the Data 12.2.2 Methodology 12.2.3 Results 12.2.4 Python Coding 12.3 Exercises References 13 Environmental Applications of Deep Learning 13.1 Remote Sensing of Water Quality Using CNN 13.1.1 Introduction 13.1.2 Study Area and Monitoring 13.1.3 Field Data Collection 13.1.4 Point-Centered Regression CNN (PRCNN) 13.1.5 Results and Discussion 13.1.6 Conclusion 13.1.7 Python Coding References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9789811553547 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents methods for investigating the effects of aquatic environmental changes on organisms and the mechanisms involved. It focuses mainly on photosynthetic organisms, but also provides methods for virus, zooplankton and other animal studies. Also including a comprehensive overview of the current methods in the fields of aquatic physiology, ecology, biochemistry and molecular approaches, including the advantages and disadvantages of each method, the book is a valuable guide for young researchers in marine or aquatic sciences studying the physiological processes associated with chemical and physical environmental changes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 352 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811553547 , 978-981-15-5354-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Measurement of Environmental Parameters Affecting Marine Plankton Physiology 1 Characteristics of Marine Chemical Environment and the Measurements and Analyses of Seawater Carbonate Chemistry / Weidong Zhai 2 Photosynthetically Active Radiation and Ultraviolet Radiation Measurements / Gang Li and Kunshan Gao Part II Plankton Culture Techniques 3 Manipulation of Seawater Carbonate Chemistry / Kunshan Gao 4 Microalgae Continuous and Semi-continuous Cultures / Shanwen Chen and Kunshan Gao 5 Culturing Techniques for Planktonic Copepods / Wei Li, Xin Liu, and Zengling Ma Part III Determination of Key Enzymes in Primary Producers 6 Carbonic Anhydrase / Jianrong Xia, Xiongwen Chen, and Mario Giordano 7 Rubisco / Cuimin Liu, Kaiyao Huang, and Jianrong Xia 8 Phosphoenolpyruvate Carboxylase / Fan Hu and Hanhua Hu 9 Nitrate Reductase / Dinghui Zou 10 Antioxidants and Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Scavenging Enzymes / Yahe Li and Zengling Ma Part IV Measurements and Analyses of Pigments 11 Chlorophylls / Wenting Ke, Yanchao Yin, Xiongwen Chen, and Baosheng Qiu 12 Phycobiliproteins / Yiwen Yang, Juntian Xu, and Baosheng Qiu 13 Carotenoids / Fan Hu and Hanhua Hu 14 Phenolic Compounds and Other UV-Absorbing Compounds / Peng Jin and Kunshan Gao Part V Measurements and Analyses of Photosynthesis and Respiration 15 Photosynthetic Oxygen Evolution / Guozheng Dai, Hualing Mi, and Baosheng Qiu 16 Photosynthetic Carbon Fixation / Gang Li, Yaping Wu, and Guang Gao 17 Photorespiration and Dark Respiration / Dinghui Zou and Juntian Xu 18 Carbon Dioxide vs. Bicarbonate Utilisation / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 19 Action Spectra of Photosynthetic Carbon Fixation / Yaping Wu, Gang Li, and Kunshan Gao 20 Determination of the Inorganic Carbon Affinity and CO2 Concentrating Mechanisms of Algae / Yaping Wu and Kunshan Gao 21 Methods for Measuring Algal Carbon Fixation in Flow-Through Seawater / Kunshan Gao and Juntian Xu 22 Application of Membrane-Inlet Mass Spectrometry to Measurements of Photosynthetic Processes / Kunshan Gao and Hualing Mi 23 SIMS and NanoSIMS Techniques Applied to Studies of Plankton Productivity / Helle Ploug 24 Measurements of Photoinactivation and Repair of Photosystem II / Gang Li, Yahe Li, Wanchun Guan, and Hongyan Wu Part VI Chlorophyll Fluorescence Techniques and Applications 25 Basic Concepts and Key Parameters of Chlorophyll Fluorescence / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 26 Fluorescence Measurement Techniques / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 27 Carbon Assimilation Capacity and Blue-Green Fluorescence / Hualing Mi and Baosheng Qiu 28 In Situ Measurement of Phytoplankton Photochemical Parameters / Guang Gao, Peng Jin, and Kunshan Gao Part VII Biochemical and Molecular Methods 29 Biochemical Inhibitors for Algae / Yaping Wu and Kunshan Gao 30 Measurements of Particulate Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus / Kai Xu, Kunshan Gao, Fei-xue Fu, and David A. Hutchins 31 Isolation of Organelles / Min Xu and Hualing Mi 32 Measurements of Calcification and Silicification / Kai Xu, Kunshan Gao, and David A. Hutchins 33 Use of the Fluorochrome Calcein to Measure Growth and Calcification in Marine Organisms / Sam Dupont 34 The Application of Transcriptomics, Metagenomics, and Metatranscriptomics in Algal Research / Xin Lin 35 Methods for Nitrogen Fixation Measurement / Feixue Fu and Pingping Qu 36 Trace Metal Clean Culture Techniques / Yuanyuan Feng, Feixue Fu, and David A. Hutchins Part VIII Research Methods for Animals and Viruses 37 Electrophysiological Recording in Fish / Xiaojie Wang 38 Heart Rate Measurement in Mollusks / Yunwei Dong, Guodong Han, and Xiaoxu Li 39 Measuring the Feeding Rate of Herbivorous Zooplankton / Wei Li and Zengling Ma 40 Measurement of Virus-Induced Phytoplankton Mortality / Dapeng Xu, Yunlan Yang, and Rui Zhang
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030313791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (508 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030313791 , 978-3-030-31379-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9789811664250 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces systematically the cryospheric science, covering the formation, development, evolution, and research methods of each component of the cryosphere, the interaction between the cryosphere and the other spheres of the climate system and the anthroposphere, and the hot topics of social and economic sustainable development and geopolitics. The authors are world-renowned experts and scientists working in the related fields. They have a deep understanding and accurate grasp of the basic theory, evolution mechanism, and international frontiers of the cryosphere, as well as rich teaching experience, which makes this book suitable also as textbook for graduate students. It is also the first book that introduces the knowledge of cryospheric science systematically. In addition to theoretical knowledge, the book also introduces field work and experimental analysis. It should be of interests for the scholars and graduate student working in the fields of geography, hydrology, geology, geomorphology, atmosphere, ecology, environment, oceanography, and regional economic and social sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811664250 , 978-981-16-6425-0
    ISSN: 2194-315X , 2194-3168
    Series Statement: Springer Geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Cryosphere and Cryospheric Science 2 Classification and Geographical Distribution of Cryosphere 3 Formation and Development of the Cryosphere 4 Physical Properties of the Cryosphere 5 Chemical Characteristics of the Cryosphere 6 Climatic and Environmental Record in Cryosphere 7 Cryospheric Evolutions at Different Time Scales 8 Interactions Between Cryosphere and the Other Spheres 9 Cryosphere Change Impact, Adaptation and Sustainable Development 10 Field Observations and Measurements for Cryospheric Science References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030730932 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is a textbook for non-atmospheric specialists who work in the coastal zone. Its purpose will be to help coastal environmental, engineering, and planning professionals to understand coastal atmospheric processes. This in turn will allow more effective communication with climate modelers, atmospheric environmental consultants, and members of the media. The coastal environment is among the most intensively used and chronically abused components of the Earth-ocean-atmosphere system. It is also home to an ever-increasing proportion of humanity with their increasing development, trade, transportation, and industrial activities, amid increasing impacts of natural hazards. The atmosphere is an integral part of the system, with all of the above human activities affecting and being affected by atmospheric processes and hazards. Yet few of the specialists studying the coastal environment have expertise on atmospheric processes, this therefore presents a highly relevant textbook on coastal atmospheric processes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 525 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030730932 , 978-3-030-73093-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Our Coastal Atmosphere 1 Scope, Uniqueness, and Importance of Our Coastal Atmosphere 2 Atmospheric Composition, Structure, and Evolution Part II Thermodynamics in Our Coastal Atmosphere 3 Energy Transfer and Electromagnetic Radiation 4 Temperature 5 Application of the Gas Laws in Meteorology 6 The Hydrostatic Equation and Adiabatic Processes 7 Atmospheric Moisture 8 Atmospheric Stability and Potential Temperature 9 Measuring and Estimating Atmospheric Stability 10 Using Thermodynamic Diagrams in Meteorology 11 Clouds 12 Precipitation Processes and Types Part III Dynamic Processes in Our Coastal Atmosphere 13 Pressure and Winds 14 Coriolis Effect 15 Effect of Friction 16 Centripetal Acceleration and the Gradient Wind 17 Gravitation 18 The Seven Basic Equations in Weather Forecasting Models 19 Comparison of Weather Forecasting Models and General Circulation Models 20 General Circulation of the Atmosphere Part IV Weather Systems in the Coastal Zone 21 Air Masses 22 Atmospheric Lifting Mechanisms 23 Fronts and the Mid-Latitude Wave Cyclone 24 Thunderstorms 25 Lightning 26 Tornadoes and Waterspouts 27 Advising the Public About the Severe Weather Risk 28 Tropical Cyclones 29 Coastal Flooding 30 Coastal Drought 31 Winter Storms 32 Sea Ice and Weather Systems 33 Summary of Energy Transfer by Atmospheric and Oceanic Motion Part V Atmospheric Boundary Layers and Air-Sea Interaction 34 Introduction to Near-Surface Atmospheric Dynamics 35 The Logarithmic Wind Profile in Neutral Stability Conditions 36 Non-neutral or Diabatic Wind Profile 37 Introduction to the Transition (or Ekman) Layer 38 The Classical Solution to the Atmospheric Ekman Spiral 39 Fundamentals of Air-Sea Interactions 40 Weather Effects on the Coastal Ocean 41 Wind Stress and Turbulent Flux Drag Coefficients Over Water Part VI Air-Sea-Land Interaction 42 Surface Fluxes of Energy, Moisture, and Momentum 43 Sea and Land Breezes 44 Coastal Fog 45 Coastal Upwelling and Weather 46 Atmospheric Impacts on Lake Processes 47 Coastal Jets 48 Atmospheric Optical Effects in the Coastal Zone 49 Solar Radiation in Aquatic Systems Part VII Dispersion and Engineering Applications 50 Meteorology and Climatology of Coastal Cities 51 Atmospheric Dispersion in the Coastal Zone 52 Engineering Aspects of the Wind Profile Appendices References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: 9783030863906 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is of paramount importance in the fields of engineering and applied sciences, given that through the values obtained by these procedures, many structures, like spillways of dams and highway culverts, are designed and constructed. The main aim of this book is to provide procedures for implementing many probability distribution functions, all of them based on using a standard and a common computational application known as Excel, which is available to any personal computer user. The computer procedures are given in enough detail, so readers can develop their own Excel worksheets. All the probability distribution functions in the book have schemes to estimate its parameters, quantiles, and confidence limits through the methods of moments and maximum likelihood.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030863906 , 978-3-030-86390-6
    ISSN: 2730-6674 , 2730-6682
    Series Statement: Earth and environmental sciences library
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Brief History of Natural Extreme Events 1.3 Motivation and Goals 1.4 Chapter Outline 2 Basic Notions of Probability and Statistics for Natural Extreme Events Frequency Analyses 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Chapter Objectives 2.3 Basic Notions of Theory of Probability 2.3.1 Definition of Probability 2.3.2 Random Variables 2.3.3 Probability Distribution Functions 2.3.4 Probability Density Functions 2.3.5 Non-exceedance and Exceedance Probabilities 2.3.6 Return Period 2.4 Basic Notions of Statistics 2.4.1 Moments of a Distribution 2.4.2 Measures of Central Tendency 2.4.3 Measures of Dispersion 2.4.4 Measures of Symmetry 2.4.5 Measures of Peakedness 2.4.6 Descriptive Statistics 2.5 Methods for the Estimation of Parameters of Probability Distribution Functions 2.5.1 The Method of Moments (MOM) 2.5.2 The Method of Maximum Likelihood (ML) 2.5.3 The Method of Probability Weighted Moments (PWM) 2.6 Quantile Estimation and Frequency Factor 2.7 Plotting Position Formulas 2.8 Confidence Limits 2.9 Standard Errors of Estimates 2.9.1 MOM Method 2.9.2 ML Method 2.9.3 PWM Method 2.10 Plotting the Extreme Value Data and Models 2.10.1 Normal Probability Paper 2.10.2 Gumbel’s Probability Paper 2.11 Goodness of Fit Tests 2.11.1 The Standard Error of Fit 2.11.2 The Mean Absolute Relative Deviation 2.11.3 The Akaike’s Information Criterion 2.12 Outliers Tests 2.12.1 The Grubbs and Beck Test 2.13 Test for Independence and Stationarity 2.14 Test for Homogeneity and Stationarity 3 Normal Distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Chapter Objectives 3.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 3.4 Estimation of Parameters 3.4.1 MOM Method 3.4.2 ML Method 3.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.6 Goodness of Fit Test 3.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM-ML Estimators of the Parameters of the NOR Distribution 3.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the NOR Distribution 3.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the NOR Distribution 3.8.1 MOM Method 3.8.2 ML Method 3.9 Examples of Application for the NOR Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 3.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 3.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 3.9.3 Wave Height Frequency Analysis 3.9.4 Maximum Annual Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 4 Two-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Chapter Objectives 4.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 4.4 Estimation of the Parameters 4.4.1 MOM Method 4.4.2 ML Method 4.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.6 Goodness of Fit Test 4.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN2 Distribution 4.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN2 Distribution 4.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN2 Distribution 4.8.1 MOM Method 4.8.2 ML Method 4.9 Examples of Application for the LN2 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 4.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 4.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 4.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 4.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 5 Three-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chapter Objectives 5.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 5.4 Estimation of the Parameters 5.4.1 MOM Method 5.4.2 ML Method 5.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.6 Goodness of Fit Test 5.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN3 Distribution 5.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN3 Distribution 5.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN3 Distribution 5.8.1 MOM Method 5.8.2 ML Method 5.9 Examples of Application for the LN3 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 5.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 5.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 5.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 5.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 6 Gamma Distribution 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Chapter Objectives 6.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 6.4 Estimation of the Parameters 6.4.1 MOM Method 6.4.2 ML Method 6.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.6 Goodness of Fit Test 6.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the GAM Distribution 6.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the GAM Distribution 6.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the GAM Distribution 6.8.1 MOM Method 6.8.2 ML Method 6.9 Examples of Application for the GAM Distribution Using Excel ® Spreadsheets 6.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 6.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 6.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 6.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 7 Pearson Type III Distribution 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Chapter Objectives 7.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 7.4 Estimation of the Parameters 7.4.1 MOM Method 7.4.2 ML Method 7.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.6 Goodness of Fit Test 7.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the PIII Distribution 7.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the PIII Distribution 7.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the PIII Distribution 7.8.1 MOM Method 7.8.2 ML Method 7.9 Examples of Application for the PIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 7.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 7.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 7.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 7.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 8 Log-Pearson Type III Distribution 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Chapter Objectives 8.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 8.4 Estimation of the Parameters 8.4.1 MOM Method 8.4.2 ML Method 8.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.1 Estimation of MOM1, MOM2 and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.2 Estimation of WRC Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.3 Examples of Estimation of MOM1, MOM2, WRC and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.6 Goodness of Fit Test 8.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM1, WRC and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LPIII Distribution 8.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution 8.7.1 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for MOM1, MOM2, and ML Methods 8.7.2 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for WRC Method 8.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the LPIII Distribution 8.8.1 MOM Method 8.8.2 ML Method 8.9 Examples of Application for the LPIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 8.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 8.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 8.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 8.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 9 Extreme Value Type I Distribution 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Chapter Objectives 9.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 9.4 Estimation of the Parameters 9.4.1 MOM Method 9.4.2 ML Method 9.4.3 PWM Method 9.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM, ML and PWM Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.6 Goodness of Fit Test 9.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM, ML and PWM Estimators of the Parameters of the EVI Distribution 9.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the EVI Distribution 9.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the EVI Distribution 9.8.1 MOM Method 9.8.2 ML Method 9.8.3 PWM Method 9.9 Examples of Application for the EVI Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 9.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 9.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 9.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 9.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analy
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: AWI P5-23-95149
    Description / Table of Contents: Weniger als 25 Jahre geben Forscher*innen ihm noch, dann wird es soweit sein: Bis 2050 wird das Eis der Arktis abschmelzen, und unser Planet, den Generationen nur mit von ewigem Eis bedeckten Polkappen kennen, wird sich für immer verändern. Welche Folgen wird das Schwinden des Eises für die Menschheit haben? Wie wirkt es sich auf das Klima, die Meere und unser Wetter aus? Wer den Klimawandel wirklich verstehen will, sollte den Blick auf die Polarregionen richten, um zu erkennen, was sie für unser Klima in Mitteleuropa bedeuten und wie sie sich und damit auch unseren Alltag verändern. Stefanie Arndt lässt ihre Leser*innen die entlegensten Regionen dieser Erde durch ihre Augen sehen. Sie erzählt von den tiefgreifenden Veränderungen, die sie auf ihren Expeditionen mit der Polarstern beobachten konnte, von ihrer Arbeit als Polarforscherin und von der zarten Schönheit eines schwindenden Lebensraums. Was so fern scheint, rückt plötzlich ganz nahe: Können wir die unumkehrbaren Auswirkungen, die ein Abschmelzen der Polkappen nach sich zöge, noch aufhalten? Und wenn ja: Wie?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 221 Seiten, 16 ungezählte Bildtafelseiten , Illustrationen, 2 Karten , 21 cm x 13.5 cm
    Edition: Originalausgabe
    ISBN: 9783499008665 , 978-3-499-00866-5 , 3499008661
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Faszination Eis Teil I - Eine dünne Hülle Heute -42 °C in der Arktis Ein Regenwald am Südpol Mit dem Wind um die Welt In der Wüste Teil II - Das Ende des Eises Expeditionen zu den Eisschilden unserer Erde Unterwegs auf dem Meereis der Arktis Das unsichtbare Eis der Erde Teil III - Ein neuer Ozean Die Weltreise der Enten The Day After Tomorrow Nur ein paar Zentimeter? Das Meer wird sauer Teil IV - Belebte Pole Unter dem Meer Unterwegs auf dünnem Eis Das große Kuscheln Der Klang des Ozeans Generation Zukunft Dank Nachtrag Quellen Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: 9783030851323 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Part 1 – Energy -- From Aristotle to Nuclear Fusion - The Long Road to Realising What Energy Is. The Foundation of Civilisation -- The Comeback of Sustainable Energy - Why Fossil Energy Sources are Only a Footnote in Human History -- Electricity War and Smart Grids - The Key Role of Electricity Storage and Transport -- Part 2 – Climate -- A Brief History of the Climate - What Makes Current Global Warming so Special -- The Beat of the Butterfly's Wings - How Climate Research and Climate Models Work -- From Knowledge to Action - The Risk Ethics of Climate Policy -- Climate Deniers, Climate Hysterics and Nimbys - In the Self-Service Shop of Arguments -- Part 3 – Power -- The Path of Renewable Electricity - From Niche Products to the High-tech Innovations of the Future -- The Wild Cards in the Game - How Game Changers Could Change Everything -- Yes, we can! - The Marketability of Renewable Energies -- Re-parking in the Mind - The Second Half of the Road to an Ecological Society -- Part 4 – Society -- The Economy of the Future - From the Struggle for Resources to the Economy of Sharing -- The Unfortunate Primacy of Economics - Why Politics Must Set Limits to the Markets -- In the Interest of All Humankind - The Long Road from National Energy Concepts to Global Politics -- A Construction Site for Us All - The Victory of Climate Ethics.
    Description / Table of Contents: Floods, species extinction, migration, droughts, super tornadoes - climate change is no longer a threat looming on the horizon but has long since become part of our everyday lives. Limiting the emerging and worsening climate changes is one of the most important challenges of our time. All human induced climate impacts can be traced back to a single factor: Energy. This book provides a comprehensive and readable introduction to the interplay between energy and climate, which also includes the fields of technology, economics, and politics. At the same time, the issue is highly complex and can only be understood in all its details by expert scientists, meaning that the facts are often poorly presented in the political discussion about climate. To put it simply: If we want to stop and even reverse the current climate trends, we need to find answers to the following three questions: · How exactly does our existing way of consuming energy affect the climate? · What options are there for generating energy without negative climate effects, and what do these mean for our lives? · What technological advances will directly help us to achieve this in future? In a non-alarmist yet entertaining manner, the book highlights the key determinants of global energy supply. Readers will come to appreciate the crucial facts about "energy and climate", will be up to date with the latest scientific and technological knowledge, and will understand the global political and economic framework that we need to consider when designing an appropriate future energy and climate policy. At the same time, the author conveys a clear and optimistic message: We already have the technical capabilities (which will be further enhanced in the future) to reverse the devastating climate trends without significantly limiting prosperity. The obstacles lie primarily in economic and political "constraints" and particular conflicts of interest. “A very important book that explains one of the most essential questions of our time - how we can master climate change by an energy transition - with scientific precision and clear words.” Georg Kell, founder and former Executive Director of the United Nations Global Compact.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 256 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030851323 , 978-3-030-85132-3
    Uniform Title: Wege aus der Klimakatastrophe wie eine nachhaltige Energie- und Klimapolitik gelingt
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Energy 1 From Aristotle to Nuclear Fusion: The Long Road to Understanding What Energy Actually Is 1.1 In the Beginning Was the Force 1.2 The Impulse and the Ars Viva 1.3 The Great Energy Confusion 1.4 Steam Engines as a Driver for Basic Research 1.5 The Limits of Energy Conversion 1.6 Maximum Energy in the Smallest Space 1.7 Energy and Life 1.8 How We Measure Energy 1.9 Energy on a Global Scale Annex 1: Energy in Various Guises References 2 The Foundation of Civilisation 2.1 Energy Cycle on Our Own Behalf 2.2 Fire, Wind, and Water 2.3 The Demand for Energy Keeps Growing 2.4 No Oil from the Socket 2.5 The Biggest Lever 2.6 The Future of Energy, the Energy of the Future 2.7 Moving Away from Fossil Fuels 3 The Comeback of Sustainable Energy: Why Fossil Energy Sources Are Only a Footnote in Human History 3.1 In the Beginning There Was Fire 3.2 The Material of the First Industrialisation 3.3 Entry into the Fossil Age 3.4 Electricity for All 3.5 The Black Gold 3.6 The End of the Golden Age of Oil 3.7 Rise and Fall of Nuclear Energy 3.8 Sustainable Energy Sources Are Returning 4 Electricity Wars and Smart Grids: The Key Role of Electricity Storage and Transport 4.1 The Issue with the Current 4.2 The Saliva of Mr. Volta 4.3 The Search for the Best Combination 4.4 An Old War Technology in a New Guise 4.5 The Coal of the Future 4.6 The Electricity War Between Edison and Westinghouse 4.7 The Return of the Direct Current 4.8 Juggling in Smart Grids References Part II Climate 5 A Brief History of the Climate: What Makes Current Global Warming so Special 5.1 Hot Plates and Black Stones 5.2 The Earth in Balance 5.3 The Natural and the Unnatural Greenhouse Effect 5.4 The Changing Fever of the Earth 5.5 Temporary Malfunctions 5.6 A Steamroller that Picks Up Speed 6 The Beat of the butterfly’s Wings: How Climate Research and Climate Models Work 6.1 Falling Leaves in Autumn 6.2 Tamed Chaos 6.3 Caught Red-Handed Reference 7 Risk Ethics and Integrity: Why the Competence of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Forces Us to Act 7.1 Global Issues, Global Research 7.2 Future Scenarios for the Climate and Our Society 7.3 The Influence of Politics 7.4 What We Know … 7.5 Too Careful or Not Careful Enough? 7.6 Unpredictable Risks 7.7 Integrity References 8 Climate Deniers, Climate Hysterics, and Nimbys: In the Self-service Shop of Arguments 8.1 1st Group: The Experts—Controversies Lead to Insight 8.2 2nd Group: Conservative Believers—The Belief in Higher Powers Than Science 8.3 3rd Group: Ideologists—The Fatal Stubbornness of Populists 8.4 4th Group: Lobbyists—The Great Fear of Reorientation 8.5 5th Group: Nimbys—Let Others Lead the Figh 8.6 Argumentation Aids for the Righteous Part III Power 9 The Path of Renewable Electricity: From Niche Products to the High-Tech Innovations of the Future 9.1 Solar Power—Treadmills for Electrons 9.2 Photovoltaics—By No Means at the End of Its Possibilities 9.3 Wind Power—Electricity from the Air 9.4 Hydropower—Old Wine in New Wineskins 9.5 Geothermal Energy—From Deep Down in the Earth 9.6 Biomass—Carved from New Wood 10 The Jokers in the Game: How Game Changers Could Change Everything 10.1 A Joker for Energy Production: The Long Hope for Nuclear Fusion 10.2 A Joker for Energy Storage: Perfect Batteries Thanks to Spider Blood and Nano Capacitors 10.3 A Joker for Energy Consumption: Decentralised Production via 3D Printing 10.4 The Meta-Joker: Artificial Intelligence as a Solution for Complex Tasks References 11 Yes, We Can! The Marketability of Renewable Energies 11.1 Follow the Money! 11.2 Subsidies Become Investments 11.3 The Fairy Tale of the Unaffordability of Renewable Energies 11.4 Solar Energy 11.5 Wind Energy 11.6 Hydropower 11.7 Geothermal Energy 11.8 Biomass 11.9 The Cost Gap Is Widening Reference 12 A Strange Expression, But Comprehensible: The Second Half in the Match Between a Carbon-Based and a Carbon-Free Power Supply 12.1 The Third Construction Site 12.2 An Unembellished Cost Accounting 12.3 Change Through Trade 12.4 The Last Hole in the Belt Reference Part IV Society 13 The Economy of the Future: From the Struggle for Resources to an Economy of Sharing 13.1 A Cynical Priest and the Club of Rome 13.2 The Old Growth Model of Capitalism 13.3 When the Balance Sheet is Overstretched 13.4 The New Consumption Model of Decentralisation 13.5 When Greed No Longer Pays 13.6 Cradle to Cradle: From Economy to Ecology References 14 The Unfortunate Primacy of Business: Why Politics Must Set Limits to Markets 14.1 Sand in the Gears 14.2 The Soul Sellers of Doubt 14.3 The Wave Spills Over into Europe 14.4 The Taming of Black Sheep 14.5 The Wind is Turning on the Oil Market References 15 In the Interests of All Mankind: The Long Road from National Energy Concepts to Global Policy 15.1 European Energy Policy—Between Insight and Constraints 15.2 Chinese Energy Policy—In China’s Own Interest 15.3 US Energy Policy—Long Dominated by Irrationality and Special Interests 15.4 Developing Countries—Pioneers Against Their Will 15.5 A Brief History of Global Climate Policy Reference 16 A Construction Site for All: The Victory of Climate Ethics 16.1 Who can Help Shaping the Energy Transformation 16.2 Consumption with a Pampering Factor 16.3 Changes in our Everyday Life Reference What is Needed Concretely Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: 9783030506537 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes the water security challenges with focus on water scarcity and quality in our rapidly changing world. Achieving water security is essential to promoting economic and social development, as well as resource sustainability and ecosystem integrity. Questions of water security are central to recent global agreements such as the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the Paris Agreement on Climate Change, and the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction. The thematic areas discussed here support the SDGs, with special attention to Goal 6 (“Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation”). The book is a collection of studies from engineering, social and environmental disciplines and aims at giving a balanced overview of the current , complex discourse on water scarcity and quality. It offers a source of inspiration and information for researchers, policymakers, planners, and practitioners concerning the further development of concepts, approaches, and methodologies for promoting water secure societies.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 200 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030506537 , 978-3-030-50653-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Justyna Sycz and Lars Ribbe Water Security Assessment for the Red River Basin, Vietnam / Nguyen Mai Dang, Vu Thanh Tu, Mukand Babel, Victor Shinde, and Devesh Sharma Contextualizing Farmers’ Perceptions of Agricultural Wastewater Reuse in Areas of Water Shortage and Contamination: An In-Depth Case Study of Wadi Al-Far’a Watershed—Palestine / Suha Al-Madbouh, Thomas Claßen, and Claudia Hornberg On the Importance of Modeling, Optimization, and Control of Anaerobic Degradation Processes for the Treatment of Agricultural Wastewaters: Toward a Biorefinery Challenge / Victor Alcaraz-Gonzalez and Victor Gonzalez-Alvarez Evaluation of Wastewater Treatment-via-Dilution for Tala Drain, Nile Delta, Egypt / A. A. Hassan, A. Nada, M. Elshemy, and B. A. Zeidan Upcoming Challenges of Water Reclamation from Unconventional Sources / Frank Rögener How Membrane Bioreactor Technology Can Help to Solve Both, German and Russian Wastewater Problems / Frank Rögener, Sven Theus, Alexander Chusov, and Julia Lednova Experiences on Wastewater Treatment and Reuse for Different Types of Industries in Turkey / Eyüp Debik Responses to Water Scarcity Considering Social Determinants: Groundnut Farmers in the Lawra and Nandom Districts, Ghana / Abdul Rauf Zanya Salifu, Elaine T. Lawson, and Charlotte Wrigley-Asante Temporal Climate Variability and Staple Cereals in Southern Burkina Faso / Mwenda Borona, Cheikh Mbow, and Issa Ouedraogo Multivariate Standardized Drought Indices to Identify Drought Events: Application in the Maipo River Basin / Melanie Oertel, Francisco Javier Meza, and Jorge Gironás Monitoring Small Reservoir Volume by Satellite-Based Data for Drought Management in the Central Region of Vietnam / Trung Tuan Luong, Lam Xuan Nguyen, and Trinh Duc Tran Farmers Perception and Salinity Driven Fresh Water Scarcity in Coastal Bangladesh / Md. Arman Habib, M. Tauhid Ur Rahman, Jannatul Ferdous, Md. Maruful Hoque, and Md. Rasheduzzaman Remote Sensing for Monitoring Suspended Sediment Concentration in the Lower Ganges (Padma) River / Mashrekur Rahman, G. M. Tarekul Islam, and Md. Munsur Rahman Conclusion / Justyna Sycz
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9783030213015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides in-depth information about the sea ice in the Arctic at scales from paleoenvironmental variability to more contemporary changes during the past and present centuries. The book is based on several decades of research related to sea ice in the Arctic and its variability, sea ice process studies as well as implications of the sea ice variability on human activities. The chapters provide an extensive overview of the research results related to sea ice in the Arctic at paleo-scales to more resent scales of variations as well as projections for changes during the 21st century. The authors have pioneered the satellite remote sensing monitoring of sea ice and used other monitoring data in order to study, monitor and model sea ice and its processes
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030213015 , 978-3-030-21301-5
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Ola M. Johannessen 2 Sea Ice in the Arctic Paleoenvironments / Leonid P. Bobylev and Martin W. Miles 3 Marginal Ice Zone and Ice-Air-Ocean Interactions / Ola M. Johannessen, Stein Sandven, Richard Davy, and Einar O. Olason 4 Changes in Arctic Sea Ice Cover in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries / Elena V. Shalina, Ola M. Johannessen, and Stein Sandven 5 Arctic Sea Ice Thickness and Volume Transformation / Elena V. Shalina, Kirill Khvorostovsky, and Stein Sandven 6 SAR Sea Ice Type Classification and Drift Retrieval in the Arctic / Natalia Y. Zakhvatkina, Denis Demchev, Stein Sandven, Vladimir A. Volkov, and Alexander S. Komarov 7 Sea Ice Drift in the Arctic / Vladimir A. Volkov, Alexandra Mushta, and Denis Demchev 8 Sea Ice Modelling / Matti Leppäranta, Valentin P. Meleshko, Petteri Uotila, and Tatiana Pavlova 9 Operational Forecasting of Sea Ice in the Arctic Using TOPAZ System / Laurent Bertino and Jiping Xie 10 Current and Projected Sea Ice in the Arctic in the Twenty-First Century / Valentin P. Meleshko, Tatiana Pavlova, Leonid P. Bobylev, and Pavel Golubkin 11 Climate Change Impact on the Arctic Economy / Lasse H. Pettersson, Anton G. Kjelaas, Dmitry V. Kovalevsky, and Klaus Hasselmann 12 Annex: SAR Sea Ice Interpretation Guide / Ola M. Johannessen Afterword / Ola M. Johannessen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030526559 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the atmosphere of our planet, and discusses historical and contemporary achievements in meteorological science and technology for the betterment of society. The book explores many significant atmospheric phenomena and physical processes from the local to global scale, as well as from the perspective of short and long-term time scales, and links these processes to various applications in other scientific disciplines with linkages to meteorology. In addition to addressing general topics such as climate system dynamics and climate change, the book also discusses atmospheric boundary layer, atmospheric waves, atmospheric chemistry, optics/photometeors, electricity, atmospheric modeling and numeric weather prediction. Through its interdisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to researchers, students and academics in meteorology and atmospheric science, environmental physics, climate change dynamics, air pollution and human health impacts of atmospheric aerosols. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030526559 , 978-3-030-52655-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References 2 Meteorology as a Natural Science 2.1 Definition of the Atmosphere 2.2 Methods of Research of the Atmosphere 2.2.1 Experimental Method of Research 2.3 Relationship Between Meteorology and Other Sciences 2.4 Classification of Meteorology 2.4.1 Classification Based on the Studied Area 2.4.2 Classification According to the Scale of Processes 2.5 The Modern Term of Meteorology References 3 Historical Background 3.1 Aristotle’s Meteorologica 3.2 Early Research Period 3.3 Modern Research Period References 4 Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 4.1 Earth Spheres 4.2 Basic Characteristics of the Atmosphere 4.3 Origin of the Atmosphere 4.4 Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere 4.5 Significant Atmospheric Gases 4.5.1 General Facts About the Atmosphere 4.6 Atmospheric Structure 4.6.1 Thermal Structure of the Atmosphere 4.7 Magneto-electronic Structure References 5 Energy and Radiation 5.1 Basic Features 5.2 Radiation Laws 5.3 Electromagnetic Radiation 5.4 Solar Radiation 5.4.1 Solar Constant 5.4.2 Direct Solar Radiation 5.4.3 Diffused Solar Radiation (D) 5.4.4 Solar Radiation Factors 5.4.5 Temporal and Spatial Changes in Insolation 5.5 Optical Radiation 5.5.1 UV Index 5.5.2 UV Index Factors 5.6 Ozone Layer 5.7 Earth Longwave Radiation 5.7.1 Earth’s Annual and Global Mean Energy Budget 5.7.2 Earth’s Heat Balance 5.7.3 Earth Radiation Budget and the Planetary Temperature 5.7.4 The Simple Greenhouse Model References 6 Atmospheric Thermodynamics 6.1 Definition 6.1.1 Thermodynamic System 6.2 An Ideal Gas Law 6.2.1 The Equation of State of Dry Air 6.2.2 The Equation of State of Moist Air 6.3 First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.3.1 The First Principle of Thermodynamics for an Ideal Gas 6.3.2 Enthalpy 6.3.3 Poisson Equations 6.3.4 Potential Temperature 6.3.5 Implementation of the First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4 The Second Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4.1 Definition of Entropy 6.4.2 Summary on Reversible and Irreversible Processes References 7 Air Temperature 7.1 Air Temperature Definition 7.2 Heat and Temperature 7.2.1 Heat Transfer 7.3 Temperature Factors 7.3.1 Heat Advection 7.4 Temperature Changes 7.4.1 Daily Insolation and Pure Radiation 7.4.2 Daily Air Temperature Distribution 7.4.3 Vertical Temperature Change 7.4.4 Adiabatic Changes of Temperature 7.4.5 Temperature Inversion 7.4.6 Global Distributions of Temperature 7.4.7 Surface Temperatures 7.4.8 Urban Heat Island 7.5 Temperature Scales 7.6 Isotherms 7.7 Latitudinal Heat Balance References 8 Atmospheric Pressure and Wind 8.1 Mass of the Atmosphere 8.2 Definition of Atmospheric Pressure 8.3 Geopotential 8.4 Barometric Pressure Distribution 8.4.1 Pressure Gradient 8.4.2 Isobars 8.4.3 Isohypses 8.4.4 Hydrostatic Balance 8.5 Pressure Systems 8.6 Daily Pressure Distribution 8.7 Reduction of the Surface Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure (MSL) 8.8 Hydrostatic Equilibrium (Approximation) 8.9 Standard Atmosphere 8.10 Barotropic vs Baroclinic Atmosphere 8.11 Reduction on Atmospheric Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure 8.12 Stream Field 8.13 Definition of Wind 8.14 Classification of the Winds 8.14.1 Permanent Wind 8.14.2 Trade Winds 8.14.3 Anti-trade Winds 8.14.4 Periodic Winds 8.14.5 Local Winds 8.14.6 Land and Sea Breezes 8.14.7 Mountain and Valley Winds 8.14.8 Katabatic Winds References 9 Atmospheric Stability 9.1 Air Stability 9.2 Static Atmospheric Stability 9.3 Stability Due to Air Movement 9.4 Convective Instability 9.5 Low-Level Inversions References 10 Atmospheric Moisture 10.1 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 10.2 Air Moisture Quantities 10.3 The Relative Humidity 10.4 The Moisture Deficit 10.5 A Dew Point Temperature 10.6 The Phase Changes 10.7 Condensation and Evaporation References 11 Clouds and Precipitation 11.1 Formation of Clouds 11.1.1 Air Saturation Mechanism 11.1.2 Adiabatic Cooling 11.1.3 Water Vapour Supply by Air Mixing 11.1.4 Mixing and Diffusion 11.1.5 Diabatic Cooling 11.1.6 Formation of Cloud Elements 11.1.7 Precipitation 11.1.8 The Mechanism of Ice Nucleation 11.1.9 Classification of the Microprocesses 11.2 Cloud Definition and Classification 11.2.1 Cloud Classification 11.2.2 Cloud Classification by Form 11.2.3 Cloud Classification Based on Height 11.2.4 International Cloud Classification 11.2.5 Cloud Classification by Composition 11.2.6 Classification by Mechanism of Formation 11.2.7 Special Clouds 11.3 Fog 11.3.1 Fog Types and Formation 11.4 Hydrometeors 11.4.1 Precipitation 11.4.2 Orographic Rainfall 11.4.3 Convective Rainfall 11.4.4 Frontal Rainfall References 12 Atmospheric Motion 12.1 Real Forces 12.1.1 Pressure Gradient Force 12.1.2 Gravity 12.1.3 Friction 12.2 The Forces That Are the Effects of Earth’s Rotation 12.2.1 Centrifugal Force 12.2.2 Coriolis Force (C) 12.3 Some Common Resultant Forces 12.3.1 Earth’s Gravity Force 12.3.2 Buoyancy Force 12.4 Atmospheric Motion 12.4.1 The Equation of Motion in a System Rotating Together with the Earth 12.5 Application of the Equations of Horizontal Motion 12.5.1 Geostrophic Wind (V g) 12.5.2 Thermal Wind (V T ) 12.5.3 Gradient Wind 12.5.4 Quasi-geostrophic Equations of Motion 12.6 Vertical Motions in the Atmosphere 12.7 Vorticity Equation 12.8 Basic Characteristics of Vorticity 12.8.1 Positive Vorticity Advection PVA and Upward Air Motion References 13 Atmospheric Waves 13.1 Waves: General Features 13.2 Wave Equation 13.2.1 Mathematical Description of 1-D Waves 13.3 Atmospheric Waves 13.3.1 History Studying Atmospheric Waves 13.3.2 Atmospheric Waves: Definition 13.3.3 Factors that Form a Wave 13.3.4 Basic Wave Properties and Classification 13.4 The Mathematical Concept of Atmospheric Waves 13.4.1 Atmospheric Sound Waves 13.4.2 Gravity Waves 13.4.3 Inertial-Gravity Waves 13.4.4 Rossby Waves References 14 Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) 14.1 ABL Historical Overview 14.2 ABL Definition and Basic Characteristics 14.2.1 ABL Significance 14.3 ABL Structure 14.3.1 Surface Layer 14.3.2 Mixing Layer 14.3.3 Residual Layer 14.3.4 Stable Boundary Layer 14.3.5 Free Atmosphere 14.4 Factors Influence on ABL Structure 14.4.1 The Neutral PBL 14.4.2 The Ekman Wind Spiral 14.4.3 Unstable Stratified Atmospheric Boundary Layer References 15 General Circulation of the Atmosphere 15.1 General Atmospheric Circulation Definition 15.2 Conceptual Model of the General Atmospheric Circulation 15.3 Three-Cell Model of Circulation 15.3.1 Circulation in Hadley Cell 15.3.2 Intertropical Convergence Zone 15.3.3 Zonal Pressure Patterns 15.3.4 Upper Tropospheric Wind and Pressure Patterns 15.4 The Wind Patterns 15.4.1 Eastern and Western Winds 15.5 Global Distribution of Pressure, Rainfall, and Climate 15.6 Ocean Circulation 15.6.1 Major Ocean Currents 15.7 Ocean Waves 15.8 Large-Scale Circulation Modes 15.8.1 North Atlantic (NAO) and Artic Oscillation (AO) 15.8.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 15.8.3 La Nina 15.9 Winds at the Regional Scale: Monsoon 15.10 Jet Streams 15.10.1 A Waiver Jet Stream 15.11 Rossby Planetary Waves References 16 Air Masses and Fronts 16.1 Definition of Air Masses 16.1.1 Air Mass Source Region 16.1.2 Formation Criteria 16.2 Air Mass Classification 16.2.1 Polar Continental and Artic Continental Air Masses (cP and cA) 16.2.2 Maritime Polar Air Masses (mP) 16.2.3 Tropical Maritime Air Masses (mT) 16.3 Air Mass Modification 16.4 Fronts (Frontal Boundaries) 16.4.1 Types of Weather Fronts 16.4.2 Occluded Fronts References 17 Cyclones and Anticyclones 17.1 General Terms 17.2 Low-Pressure Systems: Cyclones 17.2.1 Formation of Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.2 Life Cycle of the Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.3 Cyclone Movement 17.2.4 Upper Level Low 17.3 High-Pressure System: Anticyclone 17.4 Weather Conditions Associate with Cyclones and Anticyclones References 18 Tropical Storms 18.1 General Overview 18.2 Tropical Cyclone Formation 18.2.1 General Factors 18.2.2 The Basic Ingredients 18.3 Areas of Formation 18.4 Classification of Tropical Cyclones 18.5 Tropical Storm Structure 18.5.1 Cyclonic Eye 18.5.2 Eyewall
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 9783030523244 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book investigates the multifaceted nature of change in today’s Nordic Arctic and the necessary research and policy development required to address the challenges and opportunities currently faced by this region. It focuses its attention on the recent efforts of the Nordic community to create specialized Centers of Excellence in Arctic Research in order to facilitate this process of scientific inquiry and policy articulation. The volume seeks to describe both the steps that lead to this decision and the manner in which this undertaking as evolved. The work highlights the research efforts of the four Centers and their investigations of a variety of issues including those related to ecosystem and wildlife management, the revitalization resource dependent communities, the emergence of new climate-born diseases and the development of adequate modeling techniques to assist northern communities in their efforts at adaptation and resilience building. Major discoveries and insights arising from these and other efforts are detailed and possible policy implications considered. The book also focuses attention on the challenges of creating and supporting multidisciplinary teams of researchers to investigate such concerns and the methods and means for facilitating their collaboration and the integration of their findings to form new and useful perspectives on the nature of change in the contemporary Arctic. It also provides helpful consideration and examples of how local and indigenous communities can be engaged in the co-production of knowledge regarding the region. The volume discusses how such research findings can be best communicated and shared between scientists, policymakers and northern residents. It considers the challenges of building common concern not just among different research disciplines but also between bureaucracies and the public. Only when this bridge-building effort is undertaken can true pathways to action be established. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030523244 , 978-3-030-52324-4
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I 1 An Introduction / Douglas C. Nord 2 NordForsk as a Facilitator of Integrated Research on the Arctic / Gunnel Gustafsson Part II 3 CLINF: Climate-Change Effects on the Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases, and the Associated Impacts on Northern Societies / Birgitta Evengård and Tomas Thierfelder 4 CLINF: An Integrated Project Design / Tomas Thierfelder and Birgitta Evengård 5 Modeling Climate Sensitive Infectious Diseases in the Arctic / Gia Destouni, Zahra Kalantari, Shaun Quegan, Didier Leibovici, Juha Lemmetyinen, and Jaakko Ikonen 6 Reindeer Herding and Coastal Pastures: Adaptation to Multiple Stressors and Cumulative Effects / Grete K. Hovelsrud, Camilla Risvoll, Jan Åge Riseth, Hans Tømmervik, Anna Omazic, and Ann Albihn Part III 7 The ARCPATH Project: Assessing Risky Environments and Rapid Change: Research on Climate, Adaptation and Coastal Communities in the North Atlantic Arctic / Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, Yongqi Gao, Níels Einarsson, Noel Keenlyside, and Leslie A. King 8 The Climate Model: An ARCPATH Tool to Understand and Predict Climate Change / Shuting Yang, Yongqi Gao, Koenigk Torben, Noel Keenlyside, and François Counillon 9 Whale Ecosystem Services and Co-production Processes Underpinning Human Wellbeing in the Arctic: Case Studies from Greenland, Iceland and Norway / Laura Malinauskaite, David Cook, Brynhildur Davíðsdóttir, and Helga Ögmundardóttir 10 “Small Science”: Community Engagement and Local Research in an Era of Big Science Agendas / Catherine Chambers, Leslie A. King, David Cook, Laura Malinauskaite, Margaret Willson, Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, and Níels Einarsson Part IV 11 Project ReiGN: Reindeer Husbandry in a Globalizing North–Resilience, Adaptations and Pathways for Actions / Øystein Holand, Jon Moen, Jouko Kumpula, Annette Löf, Sirpa Rasmus, and Knut Røed 12 What Drives the Number of Semi-domesticated Reindeer? Pasture Dynamics and Economic Incentives in Fennoscandian Reindeer Husbandry / Antti-Juhani Pekkarinen, Jouko Kumpula, and Olli Tahvonen 13 Reindeer Herders as Stakeholders or Rights-Holders? Introducing a Social Equity-Based Conceptualization Relevant for Indigenous and Local Communities / Simo Sarkki, Hannu I. Heikkinen, and Annette Löf 14 Working Together: Reflections on a Transdisciplinary Effort of Co-producing Knowledge on Supplementary Feeding in Reindeer Husbandry Across Fennoscandia / Tim Horstkotte, Élise Lépy, and Camilla Risvoll Part V 15 Is There Such a Thing as ‘Best Practice’? Exploring the Extraction/Sustainability Dilemma in the Arctic / Sverker Sörlin 16 When Mines Go Silent: Exploring the Afterlives of Extraction Sites / Dag Avango and Gunhild Rosqvist 17 Mining Emotions: Affective Approaches to Resource Extraction / Frank Sejersen and Kirsten Thisted Part VI 18 The Challenge of Synthesis: Lessons from Arctic Climate Predictions: Pathways to Resilient, Sustainable Societies (ARCPATH) / Leslie A. King and Astrid E. J. Ogilvie 19 The Assessment and Evaluation of Arctic Research – Where Have We Come From and Where Do We Need to Go in the Future? / Andre van Amstel, Amy Lauren Lovecraft, Maureen Biermann, Roberta Marinelli, and Douglas C. Nord 20 Findings and Conclusions: Pathways to Action / Douglas C. Nord
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 9783030701550 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an original review of Ocean Literacy as a component of public policy in Europe and beyond. The impact of the ocean on human activities is one of the most significant environmental issues facing humanity. By offering valuable insights into the interrelationships between geography, environment, marine science and education, the book explores key issues relating to the future of our planet and the way people respond to them. This volume discusses concepts concerning citizenship education and co-creation and the role of public policy and different international initiatives in raising awareness and mitigating the effects of over-use and misuse of valuable resources. A range of innovative projects are presented and evaluated from the local to national and global levels.This book advances knowledge and provides a picture of these advances, presents the issues and challenges, including the important role that geography education and geographical awareness could play in advancing the case for Ocean Literacy. This crossdisciplinary book appeals to students and scientists as well as professionals and practitioners in geography, environmental and marine sciences, international policy and many related fields.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-030-70155-0 , 9783030701550 , 2522-8420 , 2522-8439
    Series Statement: Key challenges in geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents General on Ocean Literacy Ocean Literacy: Background, Future Drivers, and Opportunities / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy: From a Ripple to a Wave / Diana L. Payne and Meghan E. Marrero A Framework for the Assessment of the Effectiveness of Ocean Literacy Initiatives / Owen Molloy, Matthew Ashley, and Conor McCrossan Exploring and Exploiting Deep Ocean Space / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy—In the Context of Naming of Seas: Case Study: The Sea Between Korea and Japan / Rainer Dormels Education Design-Based Implementation Research for Exploring the Ocean: A Geographical Perspective / Alfonso García de la Vega Innovative Education Strategies to Advance Ocean Literacy / Veronica McCauley, Kevin Davison, Patricia McHugh, Christine Domegan, and Anthony Grehan Sail Training Has Set Sail on a Course Towards Ocean Literacy / Laura Ellen Lyth Applications The Importance of Ocean Literacy in the Mediterranean Region—Steps Towards Blue Sustainability / Melita Mokos, Maria Cheimonopoulou, Panayota Koulouri, Monica Previati, Giulia Realdon, Francesca Santoro, Athanasios Mogias, Theodora Boubonari, Alessio Satta, and Christos Ioakeimidis Fostering Ocean-Literate Generations: The Portuguese Blue School / Raquel L. Costa, Bernardo Mata, Fernanda Silva, Patrícia Conceição, and Laura Guimarães Two Ocean Aquarium Academy: An Introduction to Ocean Literacy Programmes and a Marine Sciences Curriculum / Russell A. Stevens Index
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 9783030713300 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 241
    Description / Table of Contents: Human-driven greenhouse emissions are increasing the velocity of climate change and the frequency and intensity of climate extremes far above historical levels. These changes, along with other human-perturbations, are setting the conditions for more rapid and abrupt ecosystem dynamics and collapse. This book presents new evidence on the rapid emergence of ecosystem collapse in response to the progression of anthropogenic climate change dynamics that are expected to intensify as the climate continues to warm. Discussing implications for biodiversity conservation, the chapters provide examples of such dynamics globally covering polar and boreal ecosystems, temperate and semi-arid ecosystems, as well as tropical and temperate coastal ecosystems. Given its scope, the volume appeals to scientists in the fields of general ecology, terrestrial and coastal ecology, climate change impacts, and biodiversity conservation.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 366 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030713300 , 978-3-030-71330-0
    ISSN: 0070-8356 , 2196-971X
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 241
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Ecosystem Collapse and Climate Change: An Introduction / Josep G. Canadell and Robert B. Jackson Part I Polar and Boreal Ecosystems 2 Ecosystem Collapse on a Sub-Antarctic Island / Dana M. Bergstrom, Catherine R. Dickson, David J. Baker, Jennie Whinam, Patricia M. Selkirk, and Melodie A. McGeoch 3 Permafrost Thaw in Northern Peatlands: Rapid Changes in Ecosystem and Landscape Functions / David Olefeldt, Liam Heffernan, Miriam C. Jones, A. Britta K. Sannel, Claire C. Treat, and Merritt R. Turetsky 4 Post-fire Recruitment Failure as a Driver of Forest to Non-forest Ecosystem Shifts in Boreal Regions / Arden Burrell, Elena Kukavskaya, Robert Baxter, Qiaoqi Sun, and Kirsten Barrett 5 A Paleo-perspective on Ecosystem Collapse in Boreal North America / Serge Payette Part II Temperate and Semi-arid Ecosystems 6 The 2016 Tasmanian Wilderness Fires: Fire Regime Shifts and Climate Change in a Gondwanan Biogeographic Refugium / David M. J. S. Bowman, Dario Rodriguez-Cubillo, and Lynda D. Prior 7 Climate-Induced Global Forest Shifts due to Heatwave-Drought / Francisco Lloret and Enric Batllori 8 Extreme Events Trigger Terrestrial and Marine Ecosystem Collapses in the Southwestern USA and Southwestern Australia / Katinka X. Ruthrof, Joseph B. Fontaine, David D. Breshears, Jason P. Field, and Craig D. Allen Part III Tropical and Temperate Coastal Ecosystems 9 Processes and Factors Driving Change in Mangrove Forests: An Evaluation Based on the Mass Dieback Event in Australia’s Gulf of Carpentaria / Norman C. Duke, Lindsay B. Hutley, Jock R. Mackenzie, and Damien Burrows 10 Recurrent Mass-Bleaching and the Potential for Ecosystem Collapse on Australia’s Great Barrier Reef / Morgan S. Pratchett, Scott F. Heron, Camille Mellin, and Graeme S. Cumming 11 Sliding Toward the Collapse of Mediterranean Coastal Marine Rocky Ecosystems / Joaquim Garrabou, Jean-Baptiste Ledoux, Nathaniel Bensoussan, Daniel Gómez-Gras, and Cristina Linares 12 Marine Heatwave Drives Collapse of Kelp Forests in Western Australia / Thomas Wernberg 13 Impact of Marine Heatwaves on Seagrass Ecosystems / Oscar Serrano, Ariane Arias-Ortiz, Carlos M. Duarte, Gary A. Kendrick, and Paul S. Lavery Correction to: Ecosystem Collapse on a Sub-Antarctic Island / Dana M. Bergstrom, Catherine R. Dickson, David J. Baker, Jennie Whinam, Patricia M. Selkirk, and Melodie A. McGeoch Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 9780128188484
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 1088 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-12-818847-7 , 9780128188484 , 978-0-12-818848-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Foreword Preface Acknowledgments 1. Background and Approach / Michael D. Delong, Martin C. Thoms, Timothy D. Jardine, and Arthur C. Benke INTRODUCTION BASIC APPROACH CHAPTER CONTENTS AND BACKGROUND REFERENCES 2. Atlantic Coast Rivers of the Northeastern United States / John K. Jackson, Sally A. Entrekin, Hamish S. Greig, and Allison H. Roy INTRODUCTION KENNEBEC RIVER MERRIMACK RIVER HOUSATONIC RIVER RARITAN RIVER MULLICA RIVER PATUXENT RIVER POTOMAC RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 3. Atlantic Coast Rivers of the Southeastern United States / Cecil A. Jennings, Elizabeth P. Anderson, Arthur C. Benke, Tom J. Kwak, Mark C. Scott, and Leonard A Smock INTRODUCTION YORK RIVER ROANOKE RIVER GREAT PEE DEE RIVER SANTEE RIVER EDISTO RIVER ALTAMAHA RIVER SATILLA RIVER ST. MARYS RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 4. Gulf Coast Rivers of the Southeastern United States / G. Milton Ward, Amelia K. Ward, and Phillip M. Harris INTRODUCTION PASCAGOULA RIVER TOMBIGBEE RIVER BLACK WARRIOR RIVER COOSA-TALLAPOOSA RIVERS CONECUH-ESCAMBIA RIVER CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER FLINT RIVER CALOOSAHATCHEE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 5. Gulf Coast Rivers of the Southwestern United States / Jude A. Benavides, John Karges, Kevin B. Mayes, Hanadi S. Rifai, and Cyndi V. Castro INTRODUCTION PECOS RIVER DEVILS RIVER NUECES RIVER NUECES-RIO GRANDE BASIN SAN MARCOS RIVER TRINITY RIVER SAN JACINTO RIVER NECHES RIVER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS REFERENCES 6. Rivers of the Lower Mississippi Basin / Clifford A. Ochs, Joseph Baustian, Audrey B. Harrison, Paul Hartfield, Carol Johnston, Catherine A. Justis, Daniel Larsen, Andrew Mickelson, Bryan P. Piazza, and Jonathan J. Spurgeon INTRODUCTION CURRENT RIVER CACHE RIVER HATCHIE RIVER WOLF RIVER OUACHITA RIVER SALINE RIVER BIG SUNFLOWER RIVER ATCHAFALAYA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 7. Southern Plains Rivers / Caryn C. Vaughn, Keith B. Gido, Kevin R. Bestgen, Joshuah S. Perkin, and Steven P. Platania INTRODUCTION ARKANSAS RIVER HEADWATERS CANADIAN RIVER HEADWATERS CIMARRON RIVER NINNESCAH RIVER NEOSHO RIVER ILLINOIS RIVER WASHITA RIVER KIAMICHI RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 8. Upper Mississippi River Basin / Michael D. Delong, Gregory W. Whitledge, Charles H. Theiling, and James T. Lamer INTRODUCTION CHIPPEWA RIVER ROOT RIVER WAPSIPINICON RIVER DES MOINES-SKUNK RIVERS ROCK RIVER SANGAMON RIVER MERAMEC RIVER KASKASKIA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 9. Ohio River Basin / David S. White and Susan P. Hendricks INTRODUCTION GREEN RIVER KENTUCKY RIVER GREAT MIAMI RIVER LICKING RIVER SCIOTO RIVER MUSKINGUM RIVER ALLEGHENY RIVER MONONGAHELA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 10. Missouri River Basin / David L. Galat, Patrick J. Braaten, Christopher Guy, Christopher Hoagstrom, Travis Horton, David Moser, and Craig Paukert INTRODUCTION MADISON RIVER MILK RIVER CHEYENNE RIVER NIOBRARA RIVER BIG SIOUX RIVER KANSAS RIVER GRAND RIVER OSAGE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 11. Colorado River Basin / Anya N. Metcalfe, Jeffrey D. Muehlbauer, Morgan A. Ford, and Theodore A. Kennedy INTRODUCTION GUNNISON RIVER SAN JUAN RIVER VIRGIN RIVER BILL WILLIAMS RIVER BLACK RIVER VERDE RIVER SALT RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 12. Pacific Coast Rivers of the Coterminous United States / Arthur C. Benke, Vincent H. Resh, Patina K. Mendez, Peter B. Moyle, and Stanley V. Gregory INTRODUCTION SKAGIT RIVER UMPQUA RIVER EEL RIVER RUSSIAN RIVER SANTA ANA RIVER SANTA MARGARITA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 13. Columbia River Basin / Jack A. Stanford, Audrey Thompson, Eli Asher, Stanley V. Gregory, Gordon Reeves, Don Ratliff, Nick Bouwes, Christopher Frissell, and Richard N. Williams INTRODUCTION METHOW RIVER WENATCHEE RIVER COWLITZ RIVER SPOKANE RIVER DESCHUTES RIVER JOHN DAY RIVER GRANDE RONDE RIVER CLEARWATER RIVER OWYHEE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 14. Great Basin Rivers / Dennis K. Shiozawa, Andrea L. Kokkonen, Peter C. Searle, and Samantha A. Tilden INTRODUCTION CARSON RIVER MARYS RIVER WEBER RIVER PROVO RIVER SPANISH FORK RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 15. Fraser River Basin / Eduardo G. Martins, Stephen J. Déry, and David A. Patterson INTRODUCTION WEST ROAD (BLACKWATER) RIVER QUESNEL RIVER CHILCOTIN RIVER LILLOOET-HARRISON RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 16. Pacific Coast Rivers of Canada and Alaska / Alexander M. Milner, Kristin Carpenter, Michael D. Delong, Jonathan Moore, Gordon Reeves, and Ciara Sharpe INTRODUCTION CHILKAT RIVER COPPER RIVER NASS RIVER NUSHAGAK RIVER TAKU RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 17. Yukon River Basin / Robert C. Bailey and Christopher R. Burn INTRODUCTION TESLIN RIVER PELLY RIVER WHITE RIVER STEWART RIVER PORCUPINE RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 18. Mackenzie River Basin / Joseph M. Culp, Eric A. Luiker, Robert B. Brua, Jordan L. Musetta-Lambert, Daryl B. Halliwell, and Jennifer Lento INTRODUCTION SMOKY RIVER STEEPBANK RIVER HAY RIVER SOUTH NAHANNI RIVER YELLOWKNIFE RIVER ARCTIC RED RIVER PEEL RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 19. Nelson and Churchill River Basins / lain Phillips, Timothy D. Jardine, Karl-Erich Lindenschmidt, Cherie Westbrook, and John Pomeroy INTRODUCTION SIBBALD CREEK BOW RIVER BEAVER RIVER OTTER TAIL RIVER QU’APPELLE RIVER DAUPHIN RIVER SMITH CREEK ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 20. Rivers of Arctic North America / Jennifer Lento, Sarah M. Laske, Eric A. Luiker, Joseph M. Culp, Leslie Jones, Christian E. Zimmerman, and Wendy A. Monk INTRODUCTION KOBUK RIVER COLVILLE RIVER THELON RIVER KAZAN RIVER KOROC RIVER NAKVAK BROOK THOMSEN RIVER RUGGLES RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 21. Atlantic Coast Rivers of Canada / Wendy A. Monk, Michelle A. Gray, James H. McCarthy, Kurt M. Samways, and R. Allen Curry INTRODUCTION CHURCHILL RIVER HUMBER RIVER MARGAREE RIVER BEDEQUE BAY COMPLEX FUNDY COMPLEX CASCAPEDIA RIVER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 22. St. Lawrence River—Great Lakes Basin / Gary A. Lamberti, Andrew F. Casper, David M. Costello, and David J. Janetski INTRODUCTION AU SABLE RIVER BLACK RIVER CUYAHOGA RIVER MAUMEE RIVER MUSKEGON RIVER ONTONAGON RIVER RIVIERE RICHELIEU RIVIERE SAINT-MAURICE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 23. Rivers of Mexico / Allison A. Pease, Krista A. Capps, Maria M. Castillo, Dean A. Hendrickson, Manuel Mendoza-Carranza, Rocio Rodiles-Hernandez, Colton Avila, and Topiltzin Contreras-MacBeath INTRODUCTION RIO FUERTE RIO SALADO RIO NAZAS-AGUANAVAL RIO TAMESI RIO BALSAS RIO DE LA SIERRA RIO LACANTUN RIO HONDO ACKNOWLEDGMENTS REFERENCES 24. Rivers of North America: Overview and Future Prospects / J. David Allan, Mary L. Khoury, Michael D. Delong, Timothy D. Jardine, and Arthur C. Benke THE VARIETY OF RIVERS RESTORATION AND RECOVERY OF NORTH AMERICA’S RIVERS CONCLUSION REFERENCES Appendix Glossary Index of Rivers
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95728
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Humana Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95664
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides detailed protocols for the isolation, enumeration, characterization of diverse bacteriophages, including both small to jumbo bacteriophages, from soil, fecal, municipal wastewater, and from food niche samples. Chapters highlight the diversity of bacteriophages in different environments, quantifications using culture, molecular techniques, protocols for isolate, interaction of bacteriophage proteins with host cells, and how to use bacteriophages to transfer foreign genetic elements to bacterial strains. In addition to the above, chapters feature the application of bacteriophages/bacteriophage-derived products. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips (in the Notes section) on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Bacteriophages: Methods and Protocols aims to ensure successful results in further study of this vital field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 431 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-0716-3548-3 , 9781071635483
    ISSN: 1064-3745 , 1940-6029
    Series Statement: Methods in Molecular Biology 2738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Contributors PART I AN OVERVIEW OF THE DIVERSITY OF BACTERIOPHAGES 1 Structural and Genomic Diversity of Bacteriophages / Bert Ely, Jacob Lenski, and Tannaz Mohammadi 2 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in the Human Gut / Amanda Carroll-Portillo, Derek M. Lin, and Henry C. Lin 3 Breaking the Ice: A Review of Phages in Polar Ecosystems / Mara Elena Heinrichs, Gonçalo J. Piedade, Ovidiu Popa, Pacifica Sommers, Gareth Trubl, Julia Weissenbach, and Janina Rahlff 4 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in Hot Springs / Timothy J. Marks and Isabella R. Rowland PART II ISOLATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 5 Isolation of Bacteriophages from Soil Samples in a Poorly Equipped Field Laboratory in Kruger National Park / Ayesha Hassim and Kgaugelo Edward Lekota 6 Purification and Up-Concentration of Bacteriophages and Viruses from Fecal Samples / Frej Larsen, Rasmus Riemer Jakobsen, Xiaotian Mao, Josue Castro-Mejia, Ling Deng, and Dennis S. Nielsen 7 Isolation of Enterococcus Bacteriophages from Municipal Wastewater Samples Using an Enrichment Step / Cory Schwarz and Jacques Mathieu 8 Phage DNA Extraction, Genome Assembly, and Genome Closure / Justin Boeckman, Mei Liu, Jolene Ramsey, and Jason Gill PART III ENUMERATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 9 Enumeration of Bacteriophages by Plaque Assay / Diana Elizabeth Waturangi 10 Detection and Quantification of Bacteriophages in Wastewater Samples by Culture and Molecular Methods/ Laura Sala-Comorera, Maite Muniesa, and Lorena Rodríguez-Rubio 11 Flow Virometry: A Fluorescence-Based Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in Liquid Samples / Elena A. Dlusskaya and Rafik Dey 12 A Metagenomics Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in a Food Niche / Kelsey White, Giovanni Eraclio, Gabriele Andrea Lugli, Marco Ventura, Jennifer Mahony, Fabio Dal Bello, and Douwe van Sinderen PART IV CHARACTERIZATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 13 Bioinformatic Analysis of Staphylococcus Phages: A Key Step for Safe Cocktail Development / Soledad Telma Carrasco and He´ctor Ricardo Morbidoni 14 Use of Localized Reconstruction to Visualize the Shigella Phage Sf6 Tail Apparatus / Chun-Feng David Hou, Fenglin Li, Stephano Iglesias, and Gino Cingolani 15 Bacteriophage–Host Interactions and Coevolution / Diana M. Álvarez-Espejo, Dácil Rivera, and Andrea I. Moreno-Switt 16 Unraveling Physical Interactions of Clostridioides difficile with Phage and Phage-Derived Proteins Using In Vitro and Whole-Cell Assays / Wichuda Phothichaisri, Tanaporn Phetruen, Surang Chankhamhaengdecha, Tavan Janvilisri, Puey Ounjai, Robert P. Fagan, and Sittinan Chanarat 17 Phage Transduction of Staphylococcus aureus / Melissa-Jane Chu Yuan Kee and John Chen PART V APPLICATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES AND BACTERIOPHAGE-DERIVED COMPONENTS 18 The Next Generation of Drug Delivery: Harnessing the Power of Bacteriophages / Alaa A. A. Aljabali, Mohammad B. M. Aljbaly, Mohammad A. Obeid, Seyed Hossein Shahcheraghi, and Murtaza M. Tambuwala 19 Construction of Nonnatural Cysteine-Cross-Linked Phage Libraries / Brittney Chau, Kristi Liivak, and Jianmin Gao 20 Application of Deep Sequencing in Phage Display / Vincent Van Deuren, Sander Plessers, Rob Lavigne, and Johan Robben 21 The Application of Bacteriophage and Photoacoustic Flow Cytometry in Bacterial Identification / Robert H. Edgar, Anie-Pier Samson, and John A. Viator 22 Propagation, Purification, and Characterization of Bacteriophages for Phage Therapy / Katarzyna Kosznik-Kwaśnicka, Gracja Topka, Jagoda Mantej, Łukasz Grabowski, Agnieszka Necel, Grzegorz Węgrzyn, and Alicja Węgrzyn 23 Overcoming Bacteriophage Resistance in Phage Therapy / Elina Laanto 24 Bacteriophage Virus-Like Particles: Platforms for Vaccine Design / Ebenezer Tumban Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    London : H.M.Stat.Off.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-164-9
    In: Scientific reports
    Description / Table of Contents: Previous conclusions concerning eustatic movements in the Falkland Islands are reviewed. New evidence of 6 metre (18-10 ft.) early Recent raised beaches at Yorke Bay, Port William, and Shell Point, Fitzroy, East Falkland Island, is given. Sub-fossils from the shell limestone beach deposits are listed and discussed in relation to climatic changes since the time of uplift.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 8 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Scientific reports / Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey 9
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A5-98-0100-2
    In: Linkes meteorologisches Taschenbuch
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 427 S. : graph. Darst.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leningrad : Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel'stvo Vodnogo Transporta
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E2-13-0067-3
    In: Materialy nabljudenij naučno-issledovatel'skoj drejfujuščej stancii 1950/51 goda, Tom 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 516 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Ėkz. 112
    Language: Russian
    Note: Содержание = Soderžanie = Inhalt: Предисловие = Predislovie = Vorwort. - Аэрометеорология = Aėrometeorologija = Aerometeorologie. - Метеорологические наблюдения приложение (таблицы) = Meteorologičeskie nabljudenija priloženie (Tablicy) = Anwendung meteorologischer Beobachtungen (Tabellen) / К. И. Чуканин = K. I. Čukanin. - Аэрологические наблюдения приложение (таблицы) = Aėrologičeskie nabljudenija priloženie (Tablicy) = Anwendung für Beobachtungen aus der Luft (Tabellen) / В. Г. Канаки, В. Е. Благодаров = V. G. Kanaki, V. E. Blagodarov. - Наблюдения над ветром по демпферному флюгеру приложение (таблицы) = Nabljudenija nad vetrom po dempfernomu fljugeru priloženie (Tablicy) = Beobachtungen über den Wind bei Dämpfer-Windfahnen (Tabellen) / М. М. Никитин = M. M. Nikitin. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94427
    Description / Table of Contents: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 9783836278416 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (816 pages) , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 24 cm x 16.8 cm
    Edition: 2., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783836278416 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Rheinwerk Computing
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort 1 Self-Service Business Intelligence - die Tools und ihre Versionen 1.1 Drei Tools zur Optimierung des Reportings 1.1.1 Egal aus welcher Quelle Ihre Daten stammen - Power Query wird sie importieren und bereinigen 1.1.2 Datenmodelle erstellen und Kennzahlen berechnen mit Power Pivot 1.1.3 Zeitliche Analyse von Daten mit Time-Intelligence-Funktionen 1.1.4 Interaktive Berichte - die natürliche Domäne von Power BI Desktop 1.2 Vom Add-in zur Menüintegration: Welche Excel-Version enthält was? 1.2.1 32- oder 64-bit-Version von Power Pivot? 1.2.2 Kompatibilität der Power-Query-Versionen untereinander 1.2.3 Office 365-Updatekanäle 1.3 Power BI und der Power BI Service 1.3.1 Power BI Desktop für den Power BI Service undden Power BI Report Server 1.3.2 Power BI Desktop als 32- oder 64-bit-Version? 2 Power Query - Daten aus unterschiedlichen Quellen importieren 2.1 Daten abrufen und transformieren - Excel- und Power-Bl-Desktop-Versionen 2.2 Mit Datenbanken verbinden 2.2.1 Zugriff auf eine SQL-Datenbank 2.2.2 Zugriff auf eine Access-Datenbank 2.2.3 Aufbau des Power-Query-Programmfenster 2.2.4 Datentypen überprüfen und anpassen 2.2.5 Ergänzen der Produkttabelle 2.3 Zugriff mit Power BI Desktop auf Datenbankdateien 2.3.1 DirectQuery für den Zugriff auf externe Daten nutzen 2.4 Import von CSV- und TXT-Dateien 2.4.1 Logische Beziehung zwischen Tabellen manuell erstellen 2.4.2 Verwendung der importierten Daten in einem Power-Pivot-Bericht 2.5 Excel als Datenquelle für einen Power-Query-Import nutzen 2.5.1 Daten aus Datentabellen einer Excel-Arbeitsmappe importieren 2.5.2 Zeitraum der Bestelldaten aus dem Tabellennamen übernehmen 2.5.3 Ähnliche Abfragen duplizieren und anpassen 2.5.4 Zwei oder mehrere Abfragen zu einer Tabelle zusammenfügen 2.5.5 Daten aus Tabellenblättern einer Excel-Arbeitsmappe importieren 2.5.6 Zusammenführen von Abfragen aus Datentabellen und Tabellenblättern 2.5.7 Importierte und bereinigte Daten mittels Pivottabelle auswerten 2.5.8 Überlegungen zur Organisation von Abfragen 2.6 Programmeinstellungen von Power Query anpassen 2.7 Mit Power Query erstellte Abfragen im Team nutzen 2.7.1 In Excel erstellte Power-Query-Abfragen auf dem Power BI Service veröffentlichen 2.7.2 Mit Power BI Desktop erstellte Datasets über den Power BI Service teilen und online nutzen 2.8 Mehrere Excel- oder CSV-Dateien aus einem Ordner konsolidieren 2.8.1 Ausschließen von Dateien mit unbrauchbarem Dateiformat 2.8.2 Bereinigen der Daten nach dem Ordnerimport 2.8.3 Alle Tabellenblätter aller Dateien importieren 2.9 SharePoint-Listen mit Power Query abfragen und bereinigen 2.10 Zugriff mit Power Query auf Internetseiten 2.11 Power-Bl-Datasets als Datenquelle für Auswertungen in Excel 3 Daten mit Power Query transformieren und kombinieren 3.1 Zugriff auf Textdateien 3.2 Spalten und Zeilen entfernen 3.2.1 Zeilen auf Basis des Inhalts oder der Position entfernen 3.2.2 Filtern von Zeiträumen 3.2.3 Automatische Zusammenfassung kombinierter Filterkriterien 3.3 Spalten teilen und neue Spalten erzeugen 3.3.1 Spalten nach einer vorgegebenen Zeichenzahl teilen 3.4 Basisbereinigung und Zellbereiche füllen 3.5 Datumsformate anpassen und zusätzliche Datumsspalten erzeugen 3.5.1 Datumsformate in Power Query anpassen 3.5.2 Datumsanalyse und regionale Standardeinstellungen von Power Query 3.5.3 Datumswerte zu Gruppen zusammenfassen 3.6 Berechnete Spalten erstellen 3.6.1 Textfunktionen in Power Query 3.6.2 Bedingte berechnete Spalten mit »if« 3.6.3 Exkurs: Eine Referenztabelle zur Zuordnung der RegionID verwenden 3.6.4 Zwei Tabellen mithilfe von Joins vergleichen 3.6.5 Weitere Berechnungen in Power Query 4 Tabellenstrukturen mit Power Query anpassen 4.1 Daten gruppieren 4.1.1 Hinzufügen von Untergruppierungen 4.1.2 Hinzufügen von Aggregierungen 4.1.3 Gruppierungen ohne Aggregierung einfügen 4.1.4 Sortieren der gruppierten Tabelle 4.2 Transformation von gestapelten, kategorisierten und pivotierten Daten 4.2.1 Entpivotieren von Daten 4.2.2 Daten in pivotierten Kategorien entpivotieren 4.2.3 Verbesserung der Abfrage-Performance durch Teilen der Abfrage 4.2.4 Entpivotieren von Spaltenpaaren 4.2.5 Umstrukturieren von gestapelten Daten 4.2.6 Gestapelte Daten mit separater Beschriftungsspalte 4.2.7 Entpivotieren von gestapelten und pivotierten Daten 4.2.8 Spalteninhalte in Zeilen umwandeln 5 Erweiterte Funktionen mit Power Query 5.1 Eine kleine Reise durch M 5.1.1 Es beginnt in Fredericia 5.1.2 Listen und Tabellen - gibt es da einen Unterschied? 5.1.3 Datumsreihe aus einer Zahlenreihe bilden 5.1.4 Kalenderparameter aus Tabelle übernehmen 5.1.5 Gruppierungsmerkmale wie Jahre, Wochen und Monate erzeugen 5.1.6 Datei-und Ordnernamen aus einer Parametertabelle übernehmen 5.1.7 Brückenabfragen bei der Kombination von Importfunktionen und mit anderen Abfrageergebnissen 5.1.8 Strukturvorlagen erstellen 5.1.9 Automatische Ergänzung weiterer Tabellen 5.1.10 Umgang mit dem Fehlerwert Error 6 Power Pivot - Grundlagen der Datenmodellierung 6.1 Tabellentypen eines Datenmodells 6.2 Transaktionstabellen 6.3 Suchtabellen 6.4 Typen von Beziehungen zwischen Tabellen 6.5 Excel-Jargon vs. Datenbank-Termini 6.5.1 Beziehungen zwischen Tabellen erstellen 6.6 Unterschiede zwischen logischen Beziehungen und Verweisfunktionen 6.7 Datenmodellierung in Excel oder in Power BI Desktop 6.8 Importieren weiterer Daten und logische Verknüpfung in Power Pivot 6.8.1 Alternativen bei der Erstellung von logischen Tabellenbeziehungen 6.9 Überprüfung des Datenmodells mit einem impliziten Measure 6.10 Best Practice für die Berechnung von Kennzahlen: das explizite Measure 6.11 Den Filterkontext einer Berechnung verstehen 6.11.1 Zwei Phasen der Berechnung von Measures 6.12 Typische Fehler bei Berechnungen 6.13 Berechnete Spalten vs. Measures (berechnete Felder) 6.13.1 Gruppierungsmerkmale mit berechneten Spalten erstellen 6.13.2 Den Zeilenkontext von berechneten Spalten verstehen 6.13.3 Verschachteltes IF() mit SWITCHQ vereinfachen 6.13.4 Verwendung der erstellten Gruppierungen im Power-Pivot-Bericht 6.13.5 Berechnete Spalten, Datendesign, Datenschnitte und die Performance von Power Pivot 6.14 Fallbeispiele für die Verwendung von berechneten Spalten 6.14.1 Übernahme von Spalten einer Suchtabelle mit RELATED() 6.14.2 Bedeutung von Kalendertabellen und berechnete Spalten im Kalender 6.14.3 Struktur und Bedeutung von Kalendertabellen in Power Pivot 6.14.4 Laden der Kalendertabelle ins Datenmodell 6.14.5 Erweiterung der Kalendertabelle um Spalten mit saisonalen Gruppierungsmerkmalen 6.15 Anpassungen an den Elementen eines Datenmodells vornehmen 6.15.1 Den Import externer Daten anpassen 6.15.2 Auswahl der zu importierenden Spalten in Power Query anpassen 6.15.3 Anpassungen am Datenimport im Power-Pivot-Fenster vornehmen 6.15.4 Hinzufügen von Tabellen zum Datenmodell 6.15.5 Measures (berechnete Felder) systematisch speichern 6.15.6 Measures umbenennen 7 Absolute und prozentuale Abweichungen sowie Anteile mit DAX-Funktionen berechnen 7.1 Schritte zum Erlernen von DAX in der Praxis 7.2 Basisaggregierungen für eine Kundenanalyse erstellen 7.2.1 Alternativen bei der Eingabe von Measures 7.3 Überprüfung der Datenqualität mithilfe von Basisaggregierungen 7.3.1 Multivariable Ergebnisse 7.3.2 Lageparameter zur ersten Bewertung der Datenqualität 7.4 Vergleich zweier Werte und Ratio-Berechnung 7.4.1 Ein Fallbeispiel: Der Soll-Ist-Vergleich 7.4.2 Soll- und Ist-Tabellen mit der Produktliste verbinden 7.4.3 Measures des Soll-Ist-Vergleichs erstellen 7.5 Bedingte Kalkulationen mit CALCULATE() erstellen 7.5.1 Veränderung des Filterkontextes mit CALCULATE() 7.5.2 Text- und Zahlenfilter in CALCULATE() 7.5.3 Kombinierte Kriterien mit logischem UND bzw. ODER in CALCULATE() 7.5.4 Vergleichsoperatoren in CALCULATE() 7.5.5 Komplexe Filterkriterien in CALCULATE() mit der Funktion FILTER() realisier
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Series Statement: World ocean review 7
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9781292407623 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: For courses in two-semester generalchemistry. Accurate, data-driven authorship with expanded interactivityleads to greater student engagement Unrivaled problem sets, notablescientific accuracy and currency, and remarkable clarity have made Chemistry:The Central Science the leading general chemistry text for more than adecade. Trusted, innovative, and calibrated, the text increases conceptualunderstanding and leads to greater student success in general chemistry bybuilding on the expertise of the dynamic author team of leading researchers andaward-winning teachers. MasteringTMChemistry is not included. Students, if Mastering is arecommended/mandatory component of the course, please ask your instructor forthe correct ISBN and course ID. Mastering should only be purchased whenrequired by an instructor. Instructors, contact your Pearson rep for moreinformation. Mastering is an online homework,tutorial, and assessment product designed to personalize learning and improveresults. With a wide range of interactive, engaging, and assignable activities,students are encouraged to actively learn and retain tough course concepts.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1323 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 15th global edition
    ISBN: 9781292407623
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE 1 Introduction: Matter, Energy, and Measurement 1.1 The Study of Chemistry The Atomic and Molecular Perspective of Chemistry Why Study Chemistry? 1.2 Classifications of Matter States of Matter Pure Substances Elements Compounds Mixtures 1.3 Properties of Matter Physical and Chemical Changes Separation of Mixtures 1.4 The Nature of Energy Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy 1.5 Units of Measurement SI Units Length and Mass Temperature Derived SI Units Volume Density Units of Energy 1.6 Uncertainty in Measurement Precision and Accuracy Significant Figures Significant Figures in Calculations 1.7 Dimensional Analysis Conversion Factors Using Two or More Conversion Factors Conversions Involving Volume Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Chemistry Put to Work Chemistry and the Chemical Industry A Closer Look: The Scientific Method Chemistry Put to Work: Chemistry in the News Strategies for Success: Estimating Answers Strategies for Success: The Importance of Practice Strategies for Success: The Features of This Book 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 2.1 The Atomic Theory of Matter 2.2 The Discovery of Atomic Structure Cathode Rays and Electrons Radioactivity The Nuclear Model of the Atom 2.3 The Modern View of Atomic Structure Atomic Numbers, Mass Numbers, and Isotopes 2.4 Atomic Weights The Atomic Mass Scale Atomic Weight 2.5 The Periodic Table 2.6 Molecules and Molecular Compounds Molecules and Chemical Formulas Molecular and Empirical Formulas Picturing Molecules 2.7 Ions and Ionic Compounds Predicting Ionic Charges Ionic Compounds 2.8 Naming Inorganic Compounds Names and Formulas of Ionic Compounds Names and Formulas of Acids Names and Formulas of Binary Molecular Compounds 2.9 Some Simple Organic Compounds Alkanes Some Derivatives of Alkanes Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises A Closer Look Basic Forces A Closer Look The Mass Spectrometer Chemistry and Life Elements Required by Living Organisms Strategies for Success: How to Take a Test 3 Chemical Reactions and Stoichiometry 3.1 The Conservation of Mass, Chemical Equations, and Stoichiometry How to Balance Chemical Equations A Step-by-Step Example of Balancing a Chemical Equation 3.2 Simple Patterns of Chemical Reactivity: Combination, Decomposition, and Combustion Combination and Decomposition Reactions Combustion Reactions 3.3 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Formula and Molecular Weights Elemental Compositions of Substances 3.4 Avogadro's Number and the Mole; Molar Mass The Mole and Avogadro's Number Molar Mass Converting Between Masses, Moles, and Atoms/Molecules/Ions 3.5 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Molecular Formulas from Empirical Formulas Combustion Analysis 3.6 Reaction Stoichiometry 3.7 Limiting Reactants Theoretical and Percent Yields Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Strategies for Success: Problem Solving Chemistry and Life: Glucose Monitoring Strategies for Success: Design an Experiment 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solution 4.1 General Properties of Aqueous Solutions Electrolytes and Nonelectrolytes How Compounds Dissolve in Water Strong and Weak Electrolytes 4.2 Precipitation Reactions Solubility Guidelines for Ionic Compounds Exchange (Metathesis) Reactions Ionic Equations and Spectator Ions 4.3 Acids, Bases, and Neutralization Reactions Acids Bases Strong and Weak Acids and Bases Identifying Strong and Weak Electrolytes Neutralization Reactions and Salts Neutralization Reactions with Gas Formation 4.4 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions Oxidation and Reduction Oxidation Numbers Oxidation of Metals by Acids and Salts The Activity Series 4.5 Concentrations of Solutions Molarity Expressing the Concentration of an Electrolyte Interconverting Molarity, Moles, and Volume Dilution 4.6 Solution Stoichiometry and Chemical Analysis Titrations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Chemistry Put to Work Antacids Strategies for Success Analyzing Chemical Reactions 5 Thermochemistry 5.1 The Nature of Chemical Energy 5.2 The First Law of Thermodynamics System and Surroundings Internal Energy Relating Δf to Heat and Work Endothermic and Exothermic Processes State Functions 5.3 Enthalpy Pressure-Volume Work Enthalpy Change 5.4 Enthalpies of Reaction 5.5 Calorimetry Heat Capacity and Specific Heat Constant-Pressure Calorimetry Bomb Calorimetry (Constant-Volume Calorimetry) 5.6 Hess's Law 5.7 Enthalpies of Formation Using Enthalpies of Formation to Calculate Enthalpies of Reaction 5.8 Bond Enthalpies Bond Enthalpies and the Enthalpies of Reactions 5.9 Foods and Fuels Foods Fuels Other Energy Sources Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Energy, Enthalpy, and P-V Work A Closer Look: Using Enthalpy as a Guide Chemistry and Life: The Regulation of Body Temperature Chemistry Put to Work: The Scientific and Political Challenges of Biofuels 6 Electronic Structure of Atoms 6.1 The Wave Nature of Light 6.2 Quantized Energy and Photons Hot Objects and the Quantization of Energy The Photoelectric Effect and Photons 6.3 Line Spectra and the Bohr Model Line Spectra Bohr's Model The Energy States of the Hydrogen Atom Limitations of the Bohr Model 6.4 The Wave Behavior of Matter The Uncertainty Principle 6.5 Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Orbitals Orbitals and Quantum Numbers 6.6 Representations of Orbitals The s Orbitals The p Orbitals The d and f Orbitals 6.7 Many-Electron Atoms Orbitals and Their Energies Electron Spin and the Pauli Exclusion Principle 6.8 Electron Configurations Hund's Rule Condensed Electron Configurations Transition Metals The Lanthanides and Actinides 6.9 Electron Configurations and the Periodic Table Anomalous Electron Configurations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Measurement and the Uncertainty Principle A Closer Look: Thought Experiments and Schrödinger's Cat A Closer Look: Probability Density and Radial Probability Functions Chemistry and Life Nuclear Spin and Magnetic Resonance Imaging 7 Periodic Properties of the Elements 7.1 Development of the Periodic Table 7.2 Effective Nuclear Charge 7.3 Sizes of Atoms and Ions Periodic Trends in Atomic Radii Periodic Trends in Ionic Radii 7.4 Ionization Energy Variations in Successive Ionization Energies Periodic Trends in First Ionization Energies Electron Configurations of Ions 7.5 Electron Affinity Periodic Trends in Electron Affinity 7.6 Metals, Nonmetals, and Metalloids Metals Nonmetals Metalloids 7.7 Trends for Group 1 and Group 2 Metals Group 1: The Alkali Metals Group 2: The Alkaline Earth Metals 7.8 Trends for Selected Nonmetals Hydrogen Group 16: The Oxygen Group Group 17: The Halogens Group 18: The Noble Gases Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design and Experiment A Closer Look: Effective Nuclear Charge Chemistry Put to Work: Ionic Size and Lithium-Ion Batteries Chemistry and Life: The Improbable Development of Lithium Drugs 8 Basic Concepts of Chemical Bonding 8.1 Lewis Symbols and the Octet Rule Lewis Symbols The Octet Rule 8.2 Ionic Bonding Energetics of Ionic Bond Formation Electron Configurations of Ions of the s- and p-Block Elements Transition Metal Ions 8.3 Covalent Bonding Lewis Structures Multiple Bonds 8.4 Bond Polarity and Electronegativity Electronegativity Electronegativity and Bond Polarity Dipole Moments Comparing Ionic and Covalent Bonding 8.5 Drawing Lewis Structures Formal Charge and Alternative Lewis Structures 8.6 Resonance St
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-95014
    Description / Table of Contents: The deciduous needle tree larch (Larix Mill.) covers more than 80% of the Asian boreal forests. Only a few Larix species constitute the vast forests and these species differ markedly in their ecological traits, most importantly in their ability to grow on and stabilize underlying permafrost. The pronounced dominance of the summergreen larches makes the Asian boreal forests unique, as the rest of the northern hemisphere boreal forests is almost exclusively dominated by evergreen needle-leaf forests. Global warming is impacting the whole world but is especially pronounced in the arctic and boreal regions. Although adapted to extreme climatic conditions, larch forests are sensitive to varying climatic conditions. By their sheer size, changes in Asian larch forests as range shifts or changes in species composition and the resulting vegetation-climate feedbacks are of global relevance. It is however still uncertain if larch forests will persist under the ongoing warming climate or if they will be replaced by evergreen forests. It is therefore of great importance to understand how these ecosystems will react to future climate warmings and if they will maintain their dominance. One step in the better understanding of larch dynamics is to study how the vast dominant forests developed and why they only established in northern Asia. A second step is to study how the species reacted to past changes in the climate. The first objective of this thesis was to review and identify factors promoting Asian larch dominance. I achieved this by synthesizing and comparing reported larch occurrences and influencing components on the northern hemisphere continents in the present and in the past. The second objective was to find a possibility to directly study past Larix populations in Siberia and specifically their genetic variation, enabling the study of geographic movements. For this, I established chloroplast enrichment by hybridization capture from sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) isolated from lake sediment records. The third objective was to use the established method to track past larch populations, their glacial refugia during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) around 21,000 years before present (ka BP), and their post-glacial migration patterns. To study larch promoting factors, I compared the present state of larch species ranges, areas of dominance, their bioclimatic niches, and the distribution on different extents and thaw depths of permafrost. The species comparison showed that the bioclimatic niches greatly overlap between the American and Asian species and that it is only in the extremely continental climates in which only the Asian larch species can persist. I revealed that the area of dominance is strongly connected to permafrost extent but less linked to permafrost seasonal thaw depths. Comparisons of the paleorecord of larch between the continents suggest differences in the recolonization history. Outside of northern Asia and Alaska, glacial refugial populations of larch were confined to the southern regions and thus recolonization could only occur as migration from south to north. Alaskan larch populations could not establish wide-range dominant forest which could be related to their own genetically depletion as separated refugial population. In Asia, it is still unclear whether or not the northern refugial populations contributed and enhanced the postglacial colonization or whether they were replaced by populations invading from the south in the course of climate warming. Asian larch dominance is thus promoted partly by adaptions to extremely continental climates and by adaptations to grow on continuous permafrost but could be also connected to differences in glacial survival and recolonization history of Larix species. Except for extremely rare macrofossil findings of fossilized cones, traditional methods to study past vegetation are not able to distinguish between larch species or populations. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore established a method to retrieve genetic information of past larch populations to distinguish between species. Using the Larix chloroplast genome as target, I successfully applied the method of DNA target enrichment by hybridization capture on sedaDNA samples from lake records and showed that it is able to distinguish between larch species. I then used the method on samples from lake records from across Siberia dating back up to 50 ka BP. The results allowed me to address the question of glacial survival and post-glacial recolonization mode in Siberian larch species. The analyzed pattern showed that LGM refugia were almost exclusively constituted by L. gmelinii, even in sites of current L. sibirica distribution. For included study sites, L. sibirica migrated into its extant northern distribution area only in the Holocene. Consequently, the post-glacial recolonization of L. sibirica was not enhanced by northern glacial refugia. In case of sites in extant distribution area of L. gmelinii, the absence of a genetic turn-over point to a continuous population rather than an invasion of southern refugia. The results suggest that climate has a strong influence on the distribution of Larix species and that species may also respond differently to future climate warming. Because species differ in their ecological characteristics, species distribution is also relevant with respect to further feedbacks between vegetation and climate. With this thesis, I give an overview of present and past larch occurrences and evaluate which factors promote their dominance. Furthermore, I provide the tools to study past Larix species and give first important insights into the glacial history of Larix populations.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Larix forests in a changing climate 1.2 The genus Larix 1.3 Larix distribution in the world and their dominance in northern Asia 1.4 Methods to study past species dynamics 1.4.1 Modern genetic marker studies 1.4.2 Lake sediments as archives of the past 1.4.3 Pollen and macrofossils 1.4.4 Metabarcoding of sedimentary ancient DNA 1.4.5 Metagenomic shotgun sequencing 1.4.6 Target enrichment by hybridization capture 1.5 Thesis Objectives 1.6 Thesis outline & author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Bioclimatic limits 2.3.2 Pollen, macrofossil, and DNA datasets 2.3.3 Ice sheets 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Bioclimatic limits of Larix and its distribution on permafrost 2.4.2 Glacial occurrence patterns of Larix 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Are differences in species bioclimatic limits responsible for disparity in Larix distribution across continents? 2.5.2 Do high latitude glacial refugia guarantee larch dominance? 2.5.3 What role does postglacial migration play in larch dominance? 2.5.4 Fire as an additional factor 2.5.5 Outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Author contributions 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Sample material 3.3.2 Laboratory work 3.3.3 Data analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the shotgun and hybridization capture data sets 3.4.2 Ancient DNA authenticity 3.4.3 Retrieval of the Larix chloroplast genome 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Taxonomic classification—conservative approach results in low numbers of assignment 3.5.2 Target enrichment success—Larix reads increased by orders of magnitude along with other taxonomic groups 3.5.3 Complete retrieval of ancient Larix chloroplast genomes 3.5.4 Larix sibirica variants present over time 3.5.5 Larch forest decline over the last 7000 years 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgments 3.8 Author contributions 3.9 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results & Discussion 4.3.1 Chloroplast and repetitive DNA enrichment in the sedaDNA samples 4.3.2 A wider pre-glacial distribution of L. sibirica 4.3.3 Larix gmelinii formed northern LGM refugia across Siberia 4.3.4 Postglacial colonization history - differences among larch species 4.3.5 Environment likely plays a more important role than biogeography 4.4 Conclusion 4.5 Material & methods 4.5.1 Sample material 4.5.2 Sequence data analysis 4.6 Data availability 4.7 Acknowledgments 4.8 Author contributions 4.9 References 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Hybridization capture is a well-suited method to study ancient species dynamics 5.1.1 Advantages and limitations of shotgun sequencing 5.1.2 Successful hybridization capture enrichment using chloroplast DNA 5.1.3 Challenges in single-copy target enrichment 5.1.4 Limitations and potentials to improve sedaDNA capture studies 5.2 Factors promoting Asian larch dominance 5.3 Drivers of Larix species distribution 5.3.1 Implications for larch forests under climate warming 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.3.1 Material and Methods 7.3.2 Additional Results & Discussions 7.3.3 References Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 9783030392123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: High-resolution images of phytoplankton cells such as diatoms or desmids, which are useful for monitoring water quality, can now be provided by digital microscopes, facilitating the automated analysis and identification of specimens. Conventional approaches are based on optical microscopy; however, manual image analysis is impractical due to the huge diversity of this group of microalgae and its great morphological plasticity. As such, there is a need for automated recognition techniques for diagnostic tools (e.g. environmental monitoring networks, early warning systems) to improve the management of water resources and decision-making processes. Describing the entire workflow of a bioindicator system, from capture, analysis and identification to the determination of quality indices, this book provides insights into the current state-of-the-art in automatic identification systems in microscopy. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIV, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030392123 , 978-3-030-39212-3
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Fundamentals 1 Overview: Antecedents, Motivation and Necessity / Gabriel Cristóbal, Saúl Blanco, and Gloria Bueno 2 Diatom Classifications: What Purpose Do They Serve? / David M. Williams 3 Diatom Taxonomy and Identification Keys / Saúl Blanco 4 Naturally and Environmentally Driven Variations in Diatom Morphology: Implications for Diatom-Based Assessment of Water Quality / Adriana Olenici, C ̆alin Baciu, Saúl Blanco, and Soizic Morin Part II Sensing 5 Microscopic Modalities and Illumination Techniques / J. Piper and T. Piper 6 Light Filtering in Microscopy / J. Piper 7 Automatization Techniques. Slide Scanning / Carlos Sánchez, Jesús Ruiz-Santaquiteria Alegre, José Luis Espinosa Aranda, and Jesús Salido Part III Analysis 8 Segmentation Techniques / Gloria Bueno, Manuel G. Forero, Carlos A. Jacanamejoy, J. Alejandro Libreros, M. Milagro Fernandez-Carrobles, and Oscar Deniz 9 Diatom Feature Extraction and Classification / Noelia Vallez, Anibal Pedraza, Carlos Sánchez, Jesus Salido, Oscar Deniz, and Gloria Bueno 10 Multifocus and Multiexposure Techniques / Harbinder Singh, Gabriel Cristóbal, and Vinay Kumar 11 Stereoscopic Imaging of Diatoms in Light and Electron Microscopy / Robert Sturm 12 Geometric Morphometrics and the Shape of Microscopic Organisms / Ecaterina Fodor and Ovidiu Ioan Hâruta Part IV Applications 13 Water Quality Assessment / A. Goldenberg-Vilar, R. Álvarez-Troncoso, V. Roldán, and Saúl Blanco 14 Diatoms in Forensic Analysis / Eloy Girela-Lopez, Cristina M. Beltran-Aroca, and Herminia García-Mozo 15 Benthic Foraminifera and Diatoms as Ecological Indicators / Xavier Benito Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9783030249823 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This two-volume book provides a comprehensive, detailed understanding of paleoclimatology beginning by describing the “proxy data” from which quantitative climate parameters are reconstructed and finally by developing a comprehensive Earth system model able to simulate past climates of the Earth. It compiles contributions from specialists in each field who each have an in-depth knowledge of their particular area of expertise. The first volume is devoted to “Finding, dating and interpreting the evidence”. It describes the different geo-chronological technical methods used in paleoclimatology. Different fields of geosciences such as: stratigraphy, magnetism, dendrochronology, sedimentology, are drawn from and proxy reconstructions from ice sheets, terrestrial (speleothems, lakes, and vegetation) and oceanic data, are used to reconstruct the ancient climates of the Earth. The second volume, entitled “Investigation into ancient climates,” focuses on building comprehensive models of past climate evolution. The chapters are based on understanding the processes driving the evolution of each component of the Earth system (atmosphere, ocean, ice). This volume provides both an analytical understanding of each component using a hierarchy of models (from conceptual to very sophisticated 3D general circulation models) and a synthetic approach incorporating all of these components to explore the evolution of the Earth as a global system. As a whole this book provides the reader with a complete view of data reconstruction and modeling of the climate of the Earth from deep time to present day with even an excursion to include impacts on future climate.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 478 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030249823 , 978-3-030-24982-3
    ISSN: 1863-4621 , 1863-463X
    Series Statement: Frontiers in earth sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Volume 1 1 The Climate System: Its Functioning and History / Sylvie Joussaume and Jean-Claude Duplessy 2 The Changing Face of the Earth Throughout the Ages / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 3 Introduction to Geochronology / Hervé Guillou 4 Carbon-14 / Martine Paterne, Élisabeth Michel, and Christine Hatté et Jean-Claude Dutay 5 The 40 K/ 40 Ar and 40 Ar/ 39 Ar Methods / Hervé Guillou, Sébastien Nomade, and Vincent Scao 6 Dating of Corals and Other Geological Samples via the Radioactive Disequilibrium of Uranium and Thorium Isotopes / Norbert Frank and Freya Hemsing 7 Magnetostratigraphy: From a Million to a Thousand Years / Carlo Laj, James E. T. Channell, and Catherine Kissel 8 Dendrochronology / Frédéric Guibal and Joël Guiot 9 The Dating of Ice-Core Archives / Frédéric Parrenin 10 Reconstructing the Physics and Circulation of the Atmosphere / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Joël Guiot 11 Air-Ice Interface: Polar Ice / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Jean Jouzel 12 Air-Vegetation Interface: Pollen / Joël Guiot 13 Ground-Air Interface: The Loess Sequences, Markers of Atmospheric Circulation / Denis-Didier Rousseau and Christine Hatté 14 Air-Ground Interface: Reconstruction of Paleoclimates Using Speleothems / Dominique Genty and Ana Moreno 15 Air-Interface: d18O Records of Past Meteoric Water Using Benthic Ostracods from Deep Lakes / Ulrich von Grafenstein and Inga Labuhn 16 Vegetation-Atmosphere Interface: Tree Rings / Joël Guiot and Valérie Daux 17 Air-Vegetation Interface: An Example of the Use of Historical Data on Grape Harvests / Valérie Daux 18 Air-Ground Interface: Sediment Tracers in Tropical Lakes / David Williamson 19 Air-water Interface: Tropical Lake Diatoms and Isotope Hydrology Modeling / Florence Sylvestre, Françoise Gasse, Françoise Vimeux, and Benjamin Quesada 20 Air-Ice Interface: Tropical Glaciers / Françoise Vimeux 21 Climate and the Evolution of the Ocean: The Paleoceanographic Data / Thibaut Caley, Natalia Vázquez Riveiros, Laurent Labeyrie, Elsa Cortijo, and Jean-Claude Duplessy Volume 2 22 Climate Evolution on the Geological Timescale and the Role of Paleogeographic Changes / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 23 Biogeochemical Cycles and Aerosols Over the Last Million Years / Nathaelle Bouttes, Laurent Bopp, Samuel Albani, Gilles Ramstein, Tristan Vadsaria, and Emilie Capron 24 The Cryosphere and Sea Level / Catherine Ritz, Vincent Peyaud, Claire Waelbroeck, and Florence Colleoni 25 Modeling and Paleoclimatology / Masa Kageyama and Didier Paillard 26 The Precambrian Climate / Yves Goddéris, Gilles Ramstein, and Guillaume Le Hir 27 The Phanerozoic Climate / Yves Goddéris, Yannick Donnadieu, and Alexandre Pohl 28 Climate and Astronomical Cycles / Didier Paillard 29 Rapid Climate Variability: Description and Mechanisms / Masa Kageyama, Didier M. Roche, Nathalie Combourieu Nebout, and Jorge Alvarez-Solas 30 An Introduction to the Holocene and Anthropic Disturbance / Pascale Braconnot and Pascal Yiou 31 From the Climates of the Past to the Climates of the Future / Sylvie Charbit, Nathaelle Bouttes, Aurélien Quiquet, Laurent Bopp, Gilles Ramstein, Jean-Louis Dufresne, and Julien Cattiaux
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783030830748 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the analysis of bottom waters flows through underwater channels of the Atlantic Ocean. The study is based on recent observations of the authors, analysis of historical data, numerical modeling, and literature review. For example, studying both the measurements from the World Ocean Circulation experiment in the 1990s and recent measurements reveals the decadal variations of water properties in the ocean. Seawater is cooled at high latitudes, descends to the ocean bottom, and slowly flows to the tropical latitudes and further. This current is slow in the deep basins, but intensifies in the abyssal channels connecting the basins. The current overflows submarine topographic structures and sometimes forms deep cataracts when water descends over slopes by several hundred meters. The flow of Antarctic Bottom Water (AABW) is studied on the basis of CTD sections combined with Lowered Acoustic Doppler Profiling (LADCP) carried out annually, and long-term moored measurements of currents. This book is a collection of oceanographic data, interpretation, and analysis, which can be used by field oceanographers, specialists in numerical modeling, and students who specialize in oceanography.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXX, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030830748 , 978-3-030-83074-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Deep Water Masses of the South and North Atlantic 1.1 General Description 1.2 Global Overturning Circulation 1.3 Mechanisms of the Formation of the Deep and Bottom Waters 1.4 Classifications of Deep and Bottom Waters in the Atlantic 1.5 Upper Circumpolar Water and Upper Circumpolar Deep Water 1.6 North Atlantic Deep Water 1.7 Lower Circumpolar Water and Lower Circumpolar Deep Water, Circumpolar Bottom Water, Southeast Pacific Deep Water, and Warm Deep Water 1.8 Antarctic Bottom Water References 2 General Overview of Abyssal Pathways, and Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 2.1 Propagation of Deep and Bottom Waters as Series of Deep Cataracts 2.2 Propagation of Antarctic Waters in the Abyss of the Atlantic 2.3 Comparison of Spreading of Water Masses Reference 3 Source Regions 3.1 Weddell Sea and Weddell Gyre 3.2 Agulhas and Cape Basins 3.3 Drake Passage, Scotia Sea, and Georgia Basin 3.3.1 General Description and Bottom Topography 3.3.2 Deep and Bottom Water Masses and Previous Concepts of Circulation 3.3.3 Analysis of Recent Data 3.4 Antarctic Bottom Water in the Argentine Basin References 4 Exchange Between the Argentine and Brazil Basins; Abyssal Pathways and Bottom Flow Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 4.1 General Description 4.2 Vema Channel 4.2.1 Topography and General Description 4.2.2 History of Research and Datasets of Long-Term Observations 4.2.3 Deep and Bottom Waters 4.2.4 Section Along the Channel 4.2.5 Structure of the Flow. Sections Across the Channel 4.2.6 Trends in Potential Temperature and Salinity of the Coldest Bottom Water Observed Since 1972 4.2.7 Salinity Variations 4.2.8 Flow in the Southern Part of the Channel at the Boundary with the Argentine Basin 4.2.9 Moored Observations of Velocities in the Channel 4.2.10 Measurements with the Lowered ADCP 4.2.11 Extreme Transport Velocities of Antarctic Bottom Water in the Deep-Water Vema Channel 4.2.12 Flow of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Vema Channel 4.3 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow in the South Atlantic 4.4 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow Through the Vema Channel 4.5 Santos Plateau 4.6 Hunter Channel References 5 Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Brazil Basin 5.1 Brazil Basin 5.2 Flow in the Guiana Basin and Westward Equatorial Channels 5.3 North American Basin 5.4 Eastward Equatorial Channels. The Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.1 Research History 5.4.2 Bottom Topography 5.4.3 Hydrography of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.4 Currents in the Eastern Parts of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.5 Temperature Distributions Along the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.6 Long-Term Variations in Temperature and Salinity 5.4.7 Inflow of Antarctic Bottom Water and Deep Spillway in the Western Part of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.8 Summary 5.4.9 Abyssal Spillway at the Main Sill in the Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.10 Abyssal Spillway at the Nameless Sill of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.11 Modeling of the Flow in the Romanche Fracture Zone References 6 Fractures in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the North Atlantic 6.1 Vema Fracture Zone 6.1.1 Bottom Topography 6.1.2 Measurements 6.1.3 Structure of Bottom Flow Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.4 Bottom Water Transport Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.5 Bottom Flow Through the Vema Fracture Zone Based on the Measurements in 2014–2016 6.2 Other Fracture Zones of the Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge 6.2.1 Strakhov Fracture Zone (Four North Fracture Zone) (3° 53' N) 6.2.2 Bogdanov Fracture Zone (7° 10' N) 6.2.3 Nameless Fracture Zone (7° 28' N) 6.2.4 Vernadsky Fracture Zone (7° 49' N) 6.2.5 Doldrums Fracture Zone (8° N) and a Rift Valley South of It 6.2.6 Arkhangelsky Fracture Zone (9° N) 6.2.7 Ten Degree Fracture Zone (9° 57' N) 6.2.8 Rift Valley South of the Vema Fracture Zone (10° 21' N) 6.2.9 Marathon Fracture Zone (12° 40' N) 6.2.10 Fifteen Twenty Fracture Zone (Cabo Verde Fracture Zone) (15° 16' N) 6.2.11 Kane Fracture Zone (24° N) 6.2.12 Pathways and AABW Transport Through the Northern Part of the MAR 6.3 Modeling of the Flow Through the Northern MAR References . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Eastern Basin Pathways and Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water in the East Atlantic 7.1 General Description 7.2 Mixing Caused by the Barotropic Tide 7.3 Kane Gap 7.4 Angola Basin References 8 Passages in the East Azores Ridge 8.1 General Description 8.2 Discovery Gap 8.3 Western Gap 8.4 Modeling References 9 Flows Through the Northern Channels in the North Atlantic 9.1 Charlie Gibbs Fracture Zone 9.2 Overflow in the Denmark Strait 9.3 Overflow in the Faroe-Shetland Channel 9.4 Overflow in the Gibraltar Strait 9.5 Gravity Current in the Bear Island Trough References Summary of Research and Integrated Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Stevenage, England : The Institution of Engineering and Technology
    Call number: 978-1-78561-602-0 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (344 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2020
    ISBN: 978-1-78561-602-0
    Series Statement: Electromagnetics and radar series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the editors Foreword 1 Introduction / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 1.1 Maritime surveillance 1.2 Synthetic aperture radar systems 1.2.1 SAR principles and main SAR missions 1.2.2 Coherent nature of SAR systems: polarimetry, interferometry, and speckle 1.3 Book organization 1.3.1 Part I: Models and techniques 1.3.2 Part II: Applications References Part I: Models and techniques 2 Scattering models / Daniele Riccio, Giuseppe Ruello, Pasquale Iervolino and Raffaella Guida 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Sea surface models 2.2.1 Spectral representation 2.2.2 First order representation 2.3 Electromagnetic scattering from the sea surface 2.4 Scattering models for a ship 2.4.1 RCS estimation of a canonical ship 2.4.2 RCS distribution 2.4.3 Uncertainty budget analysis 2.4.4 Model inaccuracy and validation References 3 Acquisition modes / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Andrea Monti-Guarnieri 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Stripmap mode 3.3 Staring spotlight mode 3.4 Sliding spotlight mode 3.5 ScanSAR mode 3.6 TOPSAR mode 3.7 Wave mode 3.8 Experimental modes 3.8.1 Low-PRF mode 3.8.2 Coprime SAR 3.8.3 Compressive sensing SAR 3.8.4 Staggered SAR 3.9 Summary References 4 SAR polarimetry / Maurizio Migliaccio, Ferdinando Nunziata and Andrea Buono 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Polarimetric SARs 4.3 Radar polarimetry 4.4 Target scattering decomposition 4.5 Polarimetric sea surface scattering 4.6 Conclusions Acknowledgments List of acronyms References 5 Ambiguity problems and their mitigation / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Domenico Velotto 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Azimuth ambiguity modeling 5.3 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in single channel SAR images 5.3.1 Point-like targets 5.3.2 Distributed targets 5.4 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in polarimetric SAR images 5.4.1 Method based on polarimetric analysis 5.4.2 Methods based on relation between channels 5.5 Summary Acknowledgments References Part II: Applications 6 Ship detection / Gui Gao, Sheng Gao, Juan He and Kazuo Ouchi 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Ship detection in single-channel SAR images 6.2.1 Sublook spectral analysis 6.2.2 CFAR 6.2.3 Adaptive threshold 6.3 Statistical models of sea clutter 6.3.1 Brief survey of state-of-the-art models 6.3.2 Several known models 6.4 Ship detection in multichannel SAR images 6.4.1 Brief survey on detection methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.2 Several recent methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.3 Brief survey on detection methods of compact polarization 6.4.4 Brief survey on detection methods of along-track interferometry References 7 Monitoring of intertidal areas and coastal habitats / Martin Gade 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Signatures of sea bottom topography 7.3 Monitoring of temporal changes 7.4 Derivation of roughness parameters 7.5 Detection of habitats 7.6 Archaeological surveys 7.7 Summary References 8 Sea ice and icebergs / Wolfgang Dierking 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Microwave response of ice 8.3 Operational sea ice mapping 8.3.1 Manual generation of ice charts 8.3.2 Toward automated segmentation and classification 8.3.3 Incidence angle sensitivity 8.3.4 Melting conditions 8.4 Advanced measurement techniques 8.4.1 Polarimetry 8.4.2 Multifrequency 8.4.3 Interferometry 8.5 Ice displacement and deformation 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Validation 8.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References 9 SAR oil spill imaging, interpretation and information retrieval techniques / Camilla Brekke and Cathleen E. Jones 9.1 Information items requested and gaps 9.2 Challenges 9.2.1 Polarization diversity 9.2.2 Imaging repeat interval 9.2.3 The weather window 9.2.4 Transport and weathering of oil pollutants 9.2.5 False alarms 9.3 Interpretation and modeling 9.3.1 Contrast drivers 9.3.2 Surface scattering models 9.3.3 Influence of instrument noise 9.4 Dark slick detection and characterization techniques 9.4.1 Slick detection and segmentation 9.4.2 Slick type discrimination 9.4.3 Slick transport and evolution 9.5 Concluding remarks and outlook Acknowledgments References 10 Joint use of SAR and collaborative signals / Raffaella Guida, Pasquale Iervolino and Maximilian Rodger 10.1 Interoperability opportunities in the maritime scenario 10.2 Collaborative signals 10.2.1 Automatic identification system (AIS) 10.2.2 Vessel monitoring system (VMS) 10.2.3 Long-range identification tracking (LRIT) 10.2.4 VHF data exchange system (VDES) 10.3 Applications 10.3.1 Ship detection and tracking 10.4 Main challenges References 11 Sea state and wind speed / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Sea surface statistical description 11.2.1 Sea surface waves 11.2.2 Sea surface modeled as a stochastic process 11.3 SAR images of the sea surface 11.4 Sea surface spectra retrieval using SAR images 11.5 Wind speed retrieval using SAR images 11.6 Concluding remarks and ocean monitoring further applications References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: E-book
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (174 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94775
    Description / Table of Contents: В монографии приводятся сведения о составе локальной флоры окрестностей Международной биологической станции 〈〈Лена-Норденшельд», расположенной на территории Усть-Ленского заповедника, относящейся к числу естественных, мало измененных под влиянием человека объектов (98,5 % ее состава представлено аборигенной фракцией, 3 вида - адвентивный компонент, 5 видов - интродуценты), что обеспечивается природоохранными мероприятиями и представляется очень важным для понимания естественных процессов трансформации природы. В ходе обследования данной местности выявлено 266 таксонов сосудистых растений видового и внутривидового ранга. Приводится иллюстрированный фотографиями растений список видов с указанием частоты встречаемости, распределения по высотным поясам растительности и фитоценотической приуроченности. Исследованная локальная флора дополняет и входит в систему региональных флор Хараулахской подпровинции Восточно-Сибирской провинции Арктической флористической области, которая нуждается в дальнейшем изучении. Книга рассчитана на специалистов природоохранной сферы деятельности, учителей биологии, натуралистов-любителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Data about composition of the local flora of the International Biological Station "Lena- Nordenskjöld" vicinities is presented. The station is situated in the Lena River delta, within the territory of the Ust-Lensky Nature Reserve. 266 taxons (255 species, and 9 subspecies, 1 variety, 1 hybrid species) of vascular plants from 109 genera and 42 families were found. The checklist is illustrated with photographs of the plants species and contains information about species frequency and their distribution along altitudinal belts and in various plant communities. The local flora of the International Biological Station is natural and slightly disturbed Ьу men: 98,5 % of its composition are native species, and only 3 species are adventive. Аll the species found there can bе classified in 6 altitudinal groups. 224 species belong to the valley vegetation complex, 161 species grow in the tundra belt, 28 species refer to the epilithic lichen communities belt. The flora belongs to the Кharaulakh subprovince ofthe East-Siberian province ofthe Arctic floristic region, which boundaries need to bе detected. The book is intended for specialists of environmental activities, biology teachers, naturalists and enthusiasts.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 115, [1] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: 2-e izdanie, stereotipnoe
    ISBN: 978-5-02-041465-5
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity"
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ВВЕДЕНИЕ 1. ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ПРИРОДНЫЙ ЗАПОВЕДНИК «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ)): СТРУКТУРА И ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ 2. КОНСПЕКТ ФЛОРЫ ОКРЕСТНОСТЕЙ МБС "ЛЕНА-НОРДЕНШЕЛЬД" З. РЕЗУЛЬТАТЫ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ФЛОРЫ И ИХ ОБСУЖДЕНИЕ 4. СЕРГЕЙ ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ЛАРИОНОВ (1957-1995) БИБЛИОГРАФИЧЕСКИЙ СПИСОК , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. STATE NATURE RESERVE "UST-LENSKY": STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS 2. ABSTRACT OF THE FLORA OF THE SURROUNDINGS OF MBS "LENA-NORDENSHELD" 3. RESULTS OF STUDIES OF FLORA AND THEIR DISCUSSION 4. SERGEY VLADIMIROVICH LARIONOV (1957-1995) REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783030425845 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Our realisation of how profoundly glaciers and ice sheets respond to climate change and impact sea level and the environment has propelled their study to the forefront of Earth system science. Aspects of this multidisciplinary endeavour now constitute major areas of research. This book is named after the international summer school held annually in the beautiful alpine village of Karthaus, Northern Italy, and consists of twenty chapters based on lectures from the school. They cover theory, methods, and observations, and introduce readers to essential glaciological topics such as ice-flow dynamics, polar meteorology, mass balance, ice-core analysis, paleoclimatology, remote sensing and geophysical methods, glacial isostatic adjustment, modern and past glacial fluctuations, and ice sheet reconstruction. The chapters were written by thirty-four contributing authors who are leading international authorities in their fields. The book can be used as a graduate-level textbook for a university course, and as a valuable reference guide for practising glaciologists and climate scientists.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXVII, 530 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030425845 , 978-3-030-42584-5
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Slow Viscous Flow 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Coordinate Systems and the Material Derivative 1.2.1 Eulerian and Lagrangian Coordinates 1.2.2 The Material Derivative 1.3 Mass Conservation 1.4 The Stress Tensor and Momentum Conservation 1.4.1 The Stress Tensor 1.4.2 Momentum Conservation 1.4.3 Rheology 1.4.4 The Navier-Stokes Equations 1.4.5 Stokes Flow 1.5 Boundary Conditions 1.5.1 The No-Slip Condition and the Sliding Law 1.5.2 Dynamic Boundary Conditions 1.5.3 Kinematic Boundary Conditions 1.6 Temperature and Energy Conservation 1.7 Glacier and Ice Sheet Flow 1.8 Examples 1.8.1 Uniform Flow on a Slope 1.8.2 Spreading Flow at an Ice Divide 1.8.3 Small-Amplitude Perturbations 1.9 The Shallow Ice Approximation 1.10 Conclusions and Outlook 1.11 Appendix: Non-dimensionalisation Exercises 2 Thermal Structure 2.1 Temperature Profiles 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.2.1 The Thermal Near-Surface Wave 2.3 Models: Simple to Complicated 2.4 Basal Conditions 2.4.1 Polythermal Ice 2.5 Modelling Issues 2.5.1 Non-dimensionalisation 2.5.2 Thermomechanical Coupling 2.5.3 Thermal Runaway Exercises 3 Sliding, Drainage and Subglacial Geomorphology 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Sliding Over Hard Beds 3.2.1 Weertman Sliding 3.2.2 Nye-Kamb Theory 3.2.3 Sub-temperate Sliding 3.2.4 Nonlinear Sliding Laws 3.2.5 Cavitation 3.2.6 Comparison with Experiment 3.3 Subglacial Drainage Theory 3.3.1 Weertman Films 3.3.2 Röthlisberger Channels (or ‘R-Channels’) 3.3.3 Jökulhlaups 3.3.4 Subglacial Lakes 3.3.5 Linked Cavities 3.3.6 Drainage Transitions and Glacier Surges 3.3.7 Ongoing Developments 3.4 Basal Processes and Geomorphology 3.4.1 Soft Glacier Beds 3.4.2 Drainage Over Till 3.4.3 Geomorphological Processes Exercises 4 Tidewater Glaciers 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Calving 4.3 Tidewater Glacier Dynamics 4.3.1 Tidewater Glacier Retreat and Instability 4.3.2 Tidewater Glacier Advance 4.3.3 Flow Variability of Tidewater Glaciers 4.4 The Link to Climate: Triggers for Retreat 4.4.1 Ice Shelf Collapse and Backstress 4.4.2 Grounded Calving Fronts 4.5 Outlook 5 Interaction of Ice Shelves with the Ocean 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Impact of Melting Ice on the Ocean 5.3 Processes at the Ice-Ocean Interface 5.4 Buoyancy-Driven Flow on Geophysical Scales 5.5 Sensitivity to Ocean Temperature 5.6 Impact of Meltwater Outflow at the Grounding Line 5.7 Fundamentals of the Three-Dimensional Ocean Circulation 5.8 Some Properties and Limitations of the Geostrophic Equations 5.9 Effects of Stratification 5.10 Three-Dimensional Circulation in Sub-Ice-Shelf Cavities Exercises 6 Polar Meteorology 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Shortwave and Longwave Radiation 6.3 Radiation Climate at the Top of the Atmosphere 6.4 Large Scale Circulation 6.5 Surface Energy Balance 6.5.1 Shortwave Radiation 6.5.2 Surface Albedo 6.5.3 Longwave Radiation 6.5.4 Turbulent Fluxes 6.6 Temperature Inversion and Katabatic Winds 6.6.1 Surface Temperature Inversion and Deficit 6.6.2 Katabatic Winds 6.7 Precipitation 6.8 Notes and References Exercises 7 Mass Balance 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Definitions 7.3 Methods 7.3.1 In Situ Observations 7.3.2 Satellite/Airborne Altimetry 7.3.3 Satellite Gravimetry 7.3.4 Mass Budget Method 7.4 Valley Glaciers and Ice Caps 7.4.1 In Situ Observations 7.4.2 Modelling 7.4.3 Dynamical Response 7.4.4 Remote Sensing 7.5 Antarctic Ice Sheet 7.5.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.5.2 Blue Ice Areas 7.5.3 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6 Greenland Ice Sheet 7.6.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.6.2 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6.3 Role of the Liquid Water Balance 8 Numerical Modelling of Ice Sheets, Streams, and Shelves 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Ice Flow Equations 8.2.1 The Shallow Ice Approximation 8.2.2 Analogy with the Heat Equation 8.3 Finite Difference Numerics 8.3.1 Explicit Scheme for the Heat Equation 8.3.2 A First Implemented Scheme 8.3.3 Stability Criteria and Adaptive Time Stepping 8.3.4 Implicit Schemes 8.3.5 Numerical Solution of Diffusion Equations 8.4 Numerically Solving the SIA 8.5 Exact Solutions and Verification 8.5.1 Exact Solution of the Heat Equation 8.5.2 Halfar’s Exact Similarity Solution to the SIA 8.5.3 Using Halfar’s Solution 8.5.4 A Test of Robustness 8.6 Applying Our Numerical Ice Sheet Model 8.7 Shelves and Streams 8.7.1 The Shallow Shelf Approximation (SSA) 8.7.2 Numerical Solution of the SSA 8.7.3 Numerics of the Linear Boundary Value Problem 8.7.4 Solving the Stress Balance for an Ice Shelf 8.7.5 Realistic Ice Shelf Modelling 8.8 A Summary of Numerical Ice Flow Modelling 8.9 Notes Exercises 9 Least-Squares Data Inversion in Glaciology 9.1 Preamble 9.2 Introduction 9.3 The Roots of GPS in Glaciology 9.4 Introduction to GPS 9.4.1 History 9.4.2 Coarse Acquisition (C/A) Code 9.5 The Equations of Pseudorange 9.6 Least-Squares Solution of an Overdetermined System of Linear Equations 9.7 Observational Techniques to Improve GPS Accuracy 9.7.1 The Ionosphere-Free Combination 9.7.2 Carrier-Phase Determined Range and Integer Wavelength Ambiguity 9.7.3 Resolving Range Ambiguity by Phase Tracking 9.7.4 Differential GPS Exercises 10 Analytical Models of Ice Sheets and Ice Shelves 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Perfectly-Plastic Ice Sheet Model 10.3 The Height–Mass Balance Feedback 10.4 Ice-Sheet Profile for Plane Shear with Glen’s Law 10.5 Ice Shelves Exercise 11 Firn 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Firn Densification 11.2.1 Mechanisms of Firn Densification 11.2.2 Firn Densification Models 11.2.3 Firn Layering and Microstructure 11.3 Applications of Firn Models 11.3.1 Ice Sheet Surface Mass Balance from Altimetry 11.3.2 Delta Age Calculations in Deep Ice Cores 11.4 Summary and Conclusions 12 Ice Cores: Archive of the Climate System 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Dating Ice Cores 12.3 Stable Water Isotopes 12.3.1 Basics and Nomenclature 12.3.2 The Isotope Proxy Thermometer 12.3.3 Examples of Isotope Records 12.3.4 Isotope Diffusion in Firn and Ice 12.3.5 Diffusion Thermometry 12.4 Aerosols in Ice 12.4.1 Introduction and Origin of Aerosols in Ice 12.4.2 Aerosol Sources and Transport 12.4.3 Post-depositional Modification 12.4.4 Seasonal Cycles in Aerosol and Particle Constituents in Ice 12.4.5 The Volcanic Signal in Ice and Its Use for Chronological Control 12.4.6 Marine Biogenic MSA and Sea Salt as Sea-Ice Proxies 12.4.7 The Record of Anthropogenic Pollution 12.4.8 Long Aerosol Records from Greenland and Antarctica 12.4.9 Electrical Properties of Ice and Their Relationship to Chemistry 12.5 Gases Enclosed in Ice 12.5.1 Firn Gas and Gas Occlusion 12.5.2 Trace Gases 12.6 Timing of Climate Events Exercises 13 Satellite Remote Sensing of Glaciers and Ice Sheets 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Optical Sensors and Applications 13.2.1 Sensors and Satellites 13.2.2 Applications 13.3 SAR Methods and Applications 13.3.1 Radar Signal Interaction with Snow and Ice 13.3.2 SAR Sensor and Image Characteristics 13.3.3 InSAR Measurement Principles and Applications 13.4 Satellite Altimetry 13.4.1 Altimetry Missions 13.4.2 Measuring Elevation Change 14 Geophysics 14.1 Geophysical Methods: Overview 14.2 Passive Methods 14.2.1 Gravimetry 14.2.2 Magnetics 14.2.3 Seismology 14.3 Active Methods: Basics 14.3.1 Propagation Properties and Reflection Origin 14.3.2 Seismic System Set-Up 14.3.3 Radar System Set-Up 14.4 Data Acquisition and Processing 14.5 Seismic Applications in Ice 14.5.1 Ice Thickness and Basal Topography 14.5.2 Subglacial Structure and Properties 14.5.3 Rheological and Other Englacial Properties 14.6 Radar Applications in Ice 14.6.1 Internal Layer Architecture and Ice Dynamics 14.6.2 Subglacial Conditions 14.6.3 Englacial Conditions 14.7 Notes and References 14.7.1 Further Reading 14.7.2 Gravimetry 14.7.3 General Wave Equation and Solution 14.7.4 Seismic Waves 14.7.5 Electromagnetic Waves Exercises 15 Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Earth Response to Loading 15.2.1 Rheology of the Earth 15.2.2 Building an Earth Model 15.2.3 Earth Models Used in Glaciology and Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.3 The Cryosphere and Sea Level 15.3.1 Factors Affecting Sea-Level Change 15
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94687
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (433 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Politik gestalten - Kommunikation, Deliberation und Partizipation bei politisch relevanten Projekten
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorhabenträger auf dem Weg zu gesellschaftlich tragfähigen Lösungen / Frank Brettschneider und Ulrich Müller Baustellenbeirat und Baggerballett / Sarah Rögele Kommunikationsmanagement bei Bau- und Infrastrukturprojekten / Lisa Fehrentz Dialogorientierte Baukommunikation / Annika Zimmer Atomausstieg 2022 / Julia Schabel
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783867747172 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Digitalisierung verändert rasant unsere Demokratie und ihre Mechanismen. In der Arena der politischen Meinungs- und Willensbildung ist es komplex und unübersichtlich geworden. Neue Akteursgruppen betreten die Bühne, klassische Medien haben ihre Kontrollfunktion über Debatten in weiten Teilen eingebüßt, Populismus und Fake News bedrohen unsere politische Kultur und Organisationen müssen sich strategisch, strukturell und kommunikativ auf den Umbruch in eine digitale Gesellschaft vorbereiten. Trotzdem ist sich der »Political Native« Juri Schnöller sicher: Die Chance für den Aufbruch in eine bessere Gesellschaft ist so groß wie nie zuvor. Egal ob Politik, Zivilgesellschaft, öffentliche Verwaltung, NGOs oder Wirtschaft - alle ringen um Aufmerksamkeit für ihre Anliegen in dieser digitalen Public Arena und haben die gleichen Fragen: Wie baue ich erfolgreich eine digitale Kommunikationsstrategie? Was brauche ich, um Menschen wirklich für mein Anliegen zu begeistern? Wo erreiche ich meine Zielgruppen und mit welchen Inhalten auf welchen Kanälen kann ich sie ansprechen und involvieren? Wie schaffe ich es nachhaltig, meine Ziele zu verwirklichen und mit meinen Werten einen Beitrag für eine bessere Gesellschaft zu leisten? Das Public Arena Playbook gibt als erstes seiner Art allen Kommunikatoren eine konkrete Navigation an die Hand, um in der öffentlichen Arena im digitalen Zeitalter wertebasiert, wirksam und willensstark zu kommunizieren. Kompakt werden die besten Strategien, Tools und Methoden vorgestellt und von praktischen Beispielen und spannenden Interviews begleitet. Es liefert neben Handlungsanweisungen aber auch ein klares ethisches Wertefundament für eine konstruktive Debatte im digitalen Raum - positiv, integrativ, inklusiv. Denn: Nie war mehr Anfang als jetzt!
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (300 Seiten)
    Edition: 1st edition
    ISBN: 9783867747172
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Willkommen in der Arena der Möglichkeiten! Die Public Arena im digitalen Zeitalter Kommunikation in der Public Arena Dein Navigator: Das Public Arena Framework LEITBILD Vision & Mission Ziele SET-UP Analyse Struktur Kultur Daten TAKTIK Positionierung Zielgruppen Kanäle ACTION Storytelling Content Politisches Targeting Community Mobilisierung Krise Fake News Ausblick: Was die Public Arena der Zukunft braucht Public Arena Expert:innen Interviews Das Public-Arena-Team Deep-Dive-Bibliothek Literaturverzeichnis.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    facet.materialart.12
    London : Facet Publishing
    Call number: 9781783305162 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The Academic Teaching Librarian's Handbook is a comprehensive resource on teaching and professional development for information professionals and instructors at all career stages. It explores the current landscape of teaching librarianship, and highlights and discusses the important developments, issues, and trends that are shaping current and future practice.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 279 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781783305162
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Figures and tables Acknowledgements Introduction Part 1 Constructing the Academic Teaching Librarian 1 Shaping the academic teaching librarian 1.1 Introduction: critical issues for academic teaching librarians 1.2 Conceptions of literacy: terminology and the academic teaching librarian 1.3 New frameworks: information literacy in context 1.4 Critical information literacy 1.5 Social media and filter bubbles: the rise of 'fake news' 1.6 Learning analytics 1.7 E-research and datafied scholarship 2 Defining the academic teaching librarian 2.1 Introduction: who is the academic teaching librarian? 2.2 Professional identity and 'teacher identity' 2.3 Roles and responsibilities of academic teaching librarians 2.4 The information-literate self 2.5 Reflective practice for academic teaching librarians 2.6 Developing a personal teaching philosophy 3 Becoming an academic teaching librarian 3.1 Introduction: choosing the academic teaching librarian pathway 3.2 Looking inwards: self-analysis and the teaching role 3.3 Does a 'teaching personality' exist? 3.4 Mapping your teaching profile 3.5 Planning and developing your teaching role 3.6 Keeping current with teaching trends 3.7 Documenting and showcasing your work: teaching portfolios for librarians Part 2 Excelling as an Academic Teaching Librarian 4 Technology and the academic teaching librarian 4.1 Introduction: the digital environment for academic teaching librarians 4.2 Teaching, learning and technology: key concepts 4.3 The digital imperative in higher education 4.4 Digital education in higher education (HE): state of the art 4.5 Digital learning and the academic teaching librarian.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Examines issues faced by disabled library workers, through the lens of critical disability theory"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (219 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Laying the theoretical groundwork Fighting stigma, building power The library as organization Coming out: Giving voice to our vulnerability and exercising our strength Accommodations, advocacy and doing what works Getting help and transgressing borders Building a caring workplace Working well with a metabolic disorder Working well with a movement disorder: I found meaning when our interdependency increased.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783030394486 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic’s near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some “newcomers” have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 397 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030394486 , 978-3-030-39448-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context 1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change 1.3 The Book 1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions References Part II Diversity and Biogeography 2 Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds / Mariana C. Oliveira, Franciane Pellizzari, Amanda S. Medeiros, and Nair S. Yokoya 2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance 2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation 2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity 2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica 2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future References 3 Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds / Ceridwen I. Fraser, Adele Morrison, and Pamela Olmedo Rojas 3.1 Antarctica’s Place in the World: An Isolated Continent? 3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic 3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts 3.4 Concluding Remarks References 4 Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean / Erasmo C. Macaya, Fadia Tala, Iván A. Hinojosa, and Eva Rothäusler 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica 4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds 4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds 4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers References 5 Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes / Franciane Pellizzari, Luiz Henrique Rosa, and Nair S. Yokoya 5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean 5.2 Biogeographic Patterns 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing? 5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts 5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species 5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean 5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean References 6 Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations / Marie-Laure Guillemin, Claudio González-Wevar, Leyla Cárdenas, Hélène Dubrasquet, Ignacio Garrido, Alejandro Montecinos, Paula Ocaranza-Barrera, and Kamilla Flores Robles 6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae 6.2 Antarctic Marine Macroalgae: Surviving Quaternary Glacial Cycles in Situ 6.3 Persistence in Multiple Isolated Glacial Refugia Versus a Single Antarctic Refugium 6.4 Antarctic Macroalgae Genetic Diversity: COI and TufA Sequences Data Sets 6.5 Brown, Red and Green Macroalgae: Sharing a Common Pattern of Glacial Impact and Postglacial Populations Recovery? 6.6 Concluding Remarks References Part III Physiology, Productivity and Environmental Reponses 7 Underwater Light Environment of Antarctic Seaweeds / Pirjo Huovinen and Iván Gómez 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Optics of Antarctic Coastal Waters 7.3 Adaptations of Antarctic Seaweeds to Extreme Light Conditions 7.4 Consequences for Light Field Under Current and Future Threats 7.5 Concluding Remarks References 8 Production and Biomass of Seaweeds in Newly Ice-Free Areas: Implications for Coastal Processes in a Changing Antarctic Environment / María L. Quartino, Leonardo A. Saravia, Gabriela L. Campana, Dolores Deregibus, Carolina V. Matula, Alicia L. Boraso, and Fernando R. Momo 8.1 Introduction: Seaweeds in Coastal Marine Ecosystems 8.2 Macroalgae and Carbon Fluxes in Antarctic Coastal Areas 8.3 Macroalgal Biomass Studies in Antarctica 8.4 The Ecosystem of Potter Cove: An Outstanding Case Study 8.5 A Dynamic Growth Model for Antarctic Macroalgae Under a Fast-Changing Environment 8.6 Seaweed Production in Present and Future Warming Scenarios 8.7 Future Prospects References 9 Carbon Balance Under a Changing Light Environment / Dolores Deregibus, Katharina Zacher, Inka Bartsch, Gabriela L. Campana, Fernando R. Momo, Christian Wiencke, Iván Gómez, and María L. Quartino 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Carbon Balance: A Case Study in Potter Cove 9.3 New Scenarios and Their Implications for Algal Photosynthesis 9.4 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects References 10 Life History Strategies, Photosynthesis, and Stress Tolerance in Propagules of Antarctic Seaweeds / Nelso Navarro, Pirjo Huovinen, and Iván Gómez 10.1 Seasonal Strategies and Life History Cycles 10.2 Photosynthetic Light Requirements of Early Stages 10.3 Effects of Environmental Factors on the Biology of Propagules 10.4 Concluding Remarks: Biology of Propagules under Climate Change References 11 Form and Function in Antarctic Seaweeds: Photobiological Adaptations, Zonation Patterns, and Ecosystem Feedbacks / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 11.1 Brief Overview of Form and Function in Seaweeds 11.2 Functional Groups of Seaweeds in the Antarctic 11.3 The Vertical Zonation of Antarctic Seaweeds: A Paradigm of Spatial Distribution of Different Morpho-functional Traits 11.4 Light Use Characteristics as a Major Factor Delineating Physiological Thallus Anatomy of Seaweeds 11.5 Form and Function in the Context of Life Strategies and Stress Tolerance 11.6 Functional Traits of Seaweeds and Properties of Benthic Communitie 11.7 Concluding Remarks References Part IV Biological Interactions and Ecosystem Processes 12 Successional Processes in Antarctic Benthic Algae / Gabriela L. Campana, Katharina Zacher, Fernando R. Momo, Dolores Deregibus, Juan Ignacio Debandi, Gustavo A. Ferreyra, Martha E. Ferrario, Christian Wiencke, and María L. Quartino 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Structural Patterns and Changes in Algal Community Composition during Succession 12.3 Ecological Factors Influencing Antarctic Algal Succession 12.4 Experimental Approaches to Study In Situ Succession of Antarctic Benthic Algae 12.5 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives References 13 Seaweed-Herbivore Interactions: Grazing as Biotic Filtering in Intertidal Antarctic Ecosystems / Nelson Valdivia 13.1 Biological Invasions and Their Impact on the Ecology of Antarctic Coastal Systems 13.2 Recent Introductions of Exotic Macroalgae in Antarctica 13.3 Can Grazers Control Alien Macroalgae in Antarctica? 13.4 Ulva intestinalis as a Case Study in a Simple, Two- Species Assembly Model 13.5 Concluding Remarks References 14 Diversity and Functioning of Antarctic Seaweed Microbiomes / Juan Diego Gaitan-Espitia and Matthias Schmid 14.1 Introduction: Environment and Antarctic Seaweed Host-Microbiome 14.2 Functional Interactions of Antarctic Seaweeds and Their Associated Microbiota 14.3 Deciphering the Structure and Diversity of Seaweed Microbiomes 14.4 Variation of Bacterial Community Diversity in Antarctic Seaweeds 14.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives References 15 Seaweeds in the Antarctic Marine Coastal Food Web / Fernando R. Momo, Georgina Cordone, Tomás I. Marina, Vanesa Salinas, Gabriela L. Campana, Mariano A. Valli, Santiago R. Doyle, and Leonardo A. Saravia 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Food Webs and Seaweeds 15.3 Network Dynamics and Robustness 15.4 Non-Trophic Interactions 15.5 Final Remarks References 16 Trophic Networks and Ecosystem Functioning / Marco Ortiz, Brenda B. Hermosillo-Núñez, and Ferenc Jordán 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Macroscopic Ecosystem-Network Properties 16.3 Keystone Species Complex (KSC) 16.4 Contribution of Keystone Species Complex to Macroscopic Network Properties 16.5 Constrains and Perspectives Appendix 16.A References Part V Chemical Ecology 17 Chemical Mediation of Antarctic Macroalga-Grazer Interactions / Charles D. Amsler, James B. McClintock, and Bill J. Baker 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Feeding Bioassay Methodology 17.3 Antarctic Macroalgal Resistance to Herbivory 17.4 Macroalga-Invertebrate Interactions on the Western Antarctic Peninsula 17.5 Overview References 18 Brown Algal Phlorotannins: An Overview of Their Functional Roles / Iván Gómez and Pirjo
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: 9783030603199 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a part of ICL new book series “ICL Contribution to Landslide Disaster Risk Reduction” founded in 2019. Peer-reviewed papers submitted to the Fifth World Landslide Forum were published in six volumes of this book series. This book contains the followings: Part I with topics is mainly about landslides and earthquakes; landslide dams and outburst floods; catastrophic large-scale landslides in mountainous regions. Part II with topics is mainly about impact of climate change; loess landslides; mapping, monitoring and modeling of landslides; stabilization and mitigation; application of new technology in landslide studies. Prof. Vít Vilímek is a member of the evaluation committee of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL), Editor-in-Chief of the university journal AUC Geographica and Associate Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor of Physical Geography at Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic. Prof. Fawu Wang is the President of the International Consortium on Geo-disaster Reduction (ICGdR) and the Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor at the School of Civil Engineering, Tongji University, China. Dr. Alexander Strom is a chief expert at the Geodynamics Research Center LLC, Moscow, Russia. He is also an Adjunct Professor at Chang’an University, Xi’an, China, Visiting Professor at SKLGP, Chengdu, China, and an alternative representative of the JSC “Hydroproject Institute” in ICL. Prof. Kyoji Sassa is the Founding President and the Secretary-General of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL). He has been the Editor-in-Chief of International Journal Landslides since its foundation in 2004. Prof. Peter Bobrowsky is the President of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Senior Scientist of Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Prof. Kaoru Takara is the Executive Director of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Professor and Dean of Graduate School of Advanced Integrated Studies (GSAIS) in Human Survivability (Shishu-Kan), Kyoto University.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 427 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030603199 , 978-3-030-60319-9
    ISSN: 2662-1894 , 2662-1908
    Series Statement: ICL contribution to landslide disaster risk reduction
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Catastrophic Landslides with Different Triggers Rock Avalanches: Basic Characteristics and Classification Criteria / Alexander Strom Study on the Phenomena of Liquefaction Induced Massive Landslides in 28 September 2018 Palu-Donggala Earthquake / Paulus P. Rahardjo The Krasnogorsk Landslide (Northern Caucasus): Its Evolution and Modern Activity / Igor K. Fomenko, Oleg V. Zerkal, Alexander Strom, Daria Shubina, and Ludmila Musaeva Earthquake-Triggered Landslides and Slope-Seismic Waves Interaction Inferring Induced Displacements / Salvatore Martino, Celine Bourdeau, Josè Delgado, and Luca Lenti Slope Deformation caused Jure Landslide 2014 Along Sun Koshi in Lesser Nepal Himalaya and Effect of Gorkha Earthquake 2015 / H. Yagi, G. Sato, H. P. Sato, D. Higaki, V. Dangol, and S. C. Amatya Inventory of Landslides Triggered by the Hejing Ms6.6 Earthquake, China, on 30 June 2012 / Chong Xu and Kai Li Pressure Head Dynamics on a Natural Slope in Eastern Iburi Struck by the 2018 Hokkaido Earthquake / Toshiya Aoki, Shin’ya Katsura, Takahiko Yoshino, Takashi Koi, Yasutaka Tanaka, and Takashi Yamada Investigation of 20 August 2019 Catastrophic Debris Flows Triggered by Extreme Rainstorms Near Epicentre of Wenchuan Earthquake / Dalei Peng, Limin Zhang, Hofai Wong, Ruilin Fan, and Shuai Zhang Spatial Distribution of Lakes in the Central Andes (31°–36°), Argentina: Implications for Outburst Flood Hazard / Mariana Correas-Gonzalez, Stella Maris Moreiras, and Jan Klimeš Rockfall/Rockslide Hazard, Lake Expansion and Dead-Ice Melting Assessment: Lake Imja, Nepal / Tomas Kroczek and Vit Vilimek Formation of the 2018 Bureya Landslide, Far East of Russia / Oleg V. Zerkal, Aleksey N. Makhinov, Alexander Strom, Vladimir I. Kim, Michael E. Kharitonov, and Igor K. Fomenko Landslide Dam Hazards: Assessing Their Formation, Failure Modes, Longevity and Downstream Impacts / Regine Morgenstern, Chris Massey, Brenda Rosser, and Garth Archibald The Sedimentology and Internal Structure of Landslide Dams—Implications for Internal Erosion and Piping Failure: A Review / Chukwueloka A. U. Okeke An Interdisciplinary Assessment of a Coal-Mining-Induced Catastrophic Landslide (Czech Republic) / Jan Burda and Vít Vilímek Could Glacial Retreat-Related Landslides Trigger Volcanic Eruptions? Insights from Mount Meager, British Columbia / Gioachino Roberti, Brent Ward, Benjamin van Wyk de Vries, Nicolas Le Corvec, Swetha Venugopal, Glyn Williams-Jones, John J. Clague, Pierre Friele, Giacomo Falorni, Geidy Baldeon, Luigi Perotti, Marco Giardino, and Brian Menounos Rock Avalanches in the Upper Reaches of the Mzymta River, Russia / Andrey A. Ponomarev, Kai Kang, and Oleg V. Zerkal Structural and Dynamic Numerical Models of Rockslides in the Carpathians and the Alps / Emilie Lemaire, Anne-Sophie Mreyen, and Hans-Balder Havenith Quantitative Investigation of a Mass Rock Creep Deforming Slope Through A-Din SAR and Geomorphometry / Michele Delchiaro, Emanuele Mele, Marta Della Seta, Salvatore Martino, Paolo Mazzanti, and Carlo Esposito Deformational Features of Deep-Seated Gravitational Slope Deformation of Slate Slopes in the Central Range, Taiwan / Ching-Ying Tsou, Masahiro Chigira, Yu-Chung Hsieh, Mien-Ming Chen, and Tai-Chieh He Bathymetric Analyses of Submarine Landslides on the Jan Mayen Ridge, Norwegian–Greenland Sea / Kiichiro Kawamura and Jan Sverre Laberg Forkastningsfjellet Rock Slide, Spitsbergen: State of Activity in a Changing Climate / Dirk Kuhn, Reginald L. Hermanns, Jewgenij Torizin, Michael Fuchs, Tim Redfield, Raymond Eilertsen, and Dirk Balzer Catastrophic Landslides in Indian Sector of Himalaya / Vinod K. Sharma Part II Frontiers of Landslide Science Enhancing Preparedness Against Impact of Climate Change on Slope Safety in Hong Kong / K. K. S. Ho, H. W. Sun, E. J. Lam, and F. L. C. Lo Climate Change and Surface Deformation Characteristics in Degradation Area of Permafrost in Lesser Khingan Mountain, China / Wei Shan, Chengcheng Zhang, Ying Guo, Monan Shan, Xujing Zeng, and Chunjiao Wang Climate Change Impact Evaluation on the Water Balance of the Koroška Bela Area, NW Slovenia / Nejc Bezak, Tina Peternel, Anže Medved, and Matjaž Mikoš Global Warming as a Predisposing Factor for Landslides in Glacial and Periglacial Areas: An Example from Western Alps (Aosta Valley, Italy) / Jessica Maria Chicco, Marco Frasca, Giuseppe Mandrone, Damiano Vacha, and Laurie Jayne Kurilla Characteristics and Causes of the Debris Flow in Shelong Gully, China / Qiang Zou, Peng Cui, Hu Jiang, Yanguo Liu, Cong Li, Sheng Hu, and Bin Zhou MPM Modelling of Buildings Impacted by Landslides / Sabatino Cuomo, Angela Di Perna, and Mario Martinelli Accelerating Landslide Hazard at Kandersteg, Swiss Alps; Combining 28 Years of Satellite InSAR and Single Campaign Terrestrial Radar Data / Rafael Caduff, Tazio Strozzi, Nils Hählen, and Jörg Häberle Identification Old Landslides in Permafrost Degradation Area in Northeast China by Difference Distribution of Surface Trees / Ying Guo, Wei Shan, Zhichao Xu, Chunjiao Wang, and Shuanglin Wang Forensic Geotechnical Investigation of the Skjeggestad Quick Clay Landslide, Norway / Thi Minh Hue Le, Vidar Gjelsvik, Suzanne Lacasse, Stein-Are Strand, Eirik Traae, and Vikas Thakur Accuracy Assessment of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) Structure from Motion Photogrammetry Compared with Total Station for a Deformed Slope / Vera Hui Loo and Chou Khong Wong ARAS: A Web-Based Landslide Susceptibility and Hazard Mapping System / Murat Ercanoglu, Mehmet Balcılar, Fatih Aydın, Sedat Aydemir, Güler Deveci, and Bilgekağan Çintimur A Landform Evolution Model for the Mannen Area in Romsdal Valley, Norway / Paula Hilger, Reginald L. Hermanns, and Bernd Etzelmüller Multimethodological Study of Non-linear Strain Effects Induced by Thermal Stresses on Jointed Rock Masses / Guglielmo Grechi and Salvatore Martino Extreme Rainfall Induced Landslide Susceptibility Assessment Using Autoencoder Combined with Random Forest / Kounghoon Nam and Fawu Wang Economizing Soil Nailing Design by Drainage Improvement—Case History at Ginigathhena / S. O. A. D. Mihira Lakruwan and S. A. S. Kulathilaka Performances of Geosynthetics-Reinforced Barriers for Protection Against Debris Avalanches / Sabatino Cuomo, Sabrina Moretti, Lorenzo Frigo, and Stefano Aversa Large and Small Scale Multi-Sensors Remote Sensing for Landslide Characterisation and Monitoring / Carlo Tacconi Stefanelli, Teresa Gracchi, Guglielmo Rossi, and Sandro Moretti Novel Cosmogenic Datings in Landslide Deposits, San Juan, Argentina / Pilar Jeanneret, Stella Maris Moreiras, Silke Merchel, Andreas Gärtner, Steven Binnie, Maria Julia Orgeira, G. Aumaître, D. Bourlès, and K. Keddadouche Modeling Landslide Volumes: A Case Study in Whatcom County, Washington, USA / Gabriel Legorreta Paulin, Trevor A. Contreras, Katherine A. Mickelson, Kara E. Jacobacci, and William Gallin CRE Dating of Torrential Alluvial Deposits as an Approximation to Holocene Climate-Change Signatures in the Northwestern Andes of Colombia / Santiago Noriega-Londoño, Maria Isabel Marín-Cerón, Julien Carcaillet, Matthias Bernet, and Isandra Angel Features of Construction in Areas with Deep Block-Type Landslides / Andrey Kazeev and German Postoev Rock Glaciers and Landslides in the Waste Dump of High-Altitude Kumtor Goldmine (Kyrgyzstan) / Isakbek Torgoev and Salamat Toguzbaev Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Structures for Slope Stabilization and Landslide Rehabilitation in Asia / Pietro Rimoldi, Matteo Lelli, Pietro Pezzano, and Fabrizia Trovato Cutting-Edge Technologies Aiming for Better Outcomes of Landslide Disaster Mitigation / Kazuo Konagai International Consortium on Landslides
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9783030642020 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, Volume 98
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides insights and a capacity to understand the climate change phenomenon, its impact on water resources, and possible remedial measures. The impact of climate change on water resources is a global issue and cause for concern. Water resources in many countries are extremely stressed, and climate change along with burgeoning populations, the rise in living standards, and increasing demand on resources are factors which serve to exacerbate this stress. The chapters provide information on tools that will be useful to mitigate the adverse consequences of natural disasters. Fundamental to addressing these issues is hydrological modelling which is discussed in this book and ways to combat climate change as an important aspect of water resource management.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 551 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030642020 , 978-3-030-64202-0
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library Volume 98
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Trend Analyses of Seasonal Mean Temperature Series Pertaining to the Tapi River Basin Using Monthly Data / Ganesh D. Kale 2 Dry Spell and Wet Spell Characterisation of Nandani River Basin, Western Maharashtra, India / Abhijit Mohanrao Zende and Prashant Basavaraj Bhagawati 3 Assessment of Climate Change on Crop Water Requirement in Tandula Command of Chhattisgarh (India) / Rahul Kumar Jaiswal, H. L. Tiwari, and Anil Kumar Lohani 4 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Regime of Narmada River Basin / Deepak Kumar Tiwari, H. L. Tiwari, Raman Nateriya, and Satanand Mishra 5 Climate Change Impacts on Water Resources in Ethiopia / Abiot Ketema and G. S. Dwarakish 6 Spatio-Temporal Trend Analysis of Long-Term IMD-Gridded Precipitation in Godavari River Basin, India / C. H. Praveenkumar and V. Jothiprakash 7 Forecasting Reference Evapotranspiration Using Artificial Neural Network for Nagpur Region / Nikhil Band, Aniruddha Ghare, and Avinash Vasudeo 8 Time-Varying Downscaling Model (TVDM) and its Benefit to Capture Extreme Rainfall / Subbarao Pichuka and Rajib Maity 9 An Assessment of Impact of Land Use–Land Cover and Climate Change on Quality of River Using Water Quality Index / Manisha Jamgade and Shrikant Charhate 10 Assessment of Tail Behavior of Probability Distributions of Daily Precipitation Data Over India / Neha Gupta and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 11 Benefit of Time-Varying Models Developed Using Graphical Modeling Approach for Probabilistic Prediction of Monthly Streamflow / Riya Dutta and Rajib Maity 12 Determination of Effective Discharge Responsible for Sediment Transport in Cauvery River Basin / Shobhit Maheshwari and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 13 A Comparative Study of Potential Evapotranspiration in an Agroforestry Region of Western Ghats, India / Pandu Narayana and K. Varija 14 Influence of Air Temperature on Local Precipitation Extremes Across India / Sachidanand Kumar, Kironmala Chanda, and Srinivas Pasupuleti 15 Effect of Spatial and Temporal Land Use-Land Cover Change on the Rainfall Trend: A Case Study in Kerala / Lini R. Chandran and P. G. Jairaj 16 Innovations and Application of Operational Ocean Data Products for Security of Marine Environment / Madhulika Sinha and Shrikant Charhate 17 Statistical Downscaling of Sea Level by Support Vector Machine and Regression Tree Approaches / S. Sithara, S. K. Pramada, and Santosh G. Thampi 18 Assessing the Impacts of Climate Change on Crop Yield in Upper Godavari River Sub-basin Using H08 Hydrological Model / Pushpendra Raghav and T. I. Eldho 19 Evaluation of Time Discretization of Daily Rainfall From the Literature for a Specific Site / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 20 Quality Checks on Continuous Rainfall Records: A Case Study / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 21 Assuring Water Intake Sustainability Under Changing Climate / Gaurav Talukdar and Arup Kumar Sarma 22 Characteristics of Gldas Evapotranspiration and Its Response to Climate Variability Across Ganga Basin, India / Lalit Pal, C. S. P. Ojha, and Amit Kumar 23 Seasonal and Inter-Annual Variability of Sea Surface Temperature and Its Correlation with Maximum Sustained Wind Speed in Bay of Bengal / Jiya Albert and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 24 Comparison of CMIP5 Wind Speed from Global Climate Models with In-Situ Observations for the Bay of Bengal / Athira Krishnan and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 25 Trend Analysis of Temperature for Eastern Ganga Canal Command / Radha Krishan, Bhaskar R. Nikam, and Deepak Khare 26 Analysis of Long-Term Rainfall Trends in Rajasthan, India / Darshan Mehta and S. M. Yadav 27 Statistical Downscaling of GCM Output and Simulation of Rainfall Scenarios for Brahmani Basin / Lasyamayee Lopamudra Sahoo and Kanhu Charan Patra 28 Impact of Land Use–Land Cover Changes on the Streamflow of the Kolab River Basin Using SWAT Model / Partha Sarathi Bhunia and Kanhu Charan Patra 29 Statistical Downscaling of Climatic Variables in Indo-Gangatic Alluvial Plain / Prabhakar Shukla and Raj Mohan Singh 30 Comparing Global High-Resolution Precipitation Data with Rain Gauge Data in Assam, India / Pulendra Dutta, Dipsikha Devi, and Arup Kr. Sarma 31 Variability of Rainfall, Temperature and Potential Evapotranspiration at Annual Time Scale Over Tapi to Tadri River Basin, India / Prem Mahyavanshi, V. D. Loliyana, and Priyank J. Sharma 32 Climate Change and Water Resources: Emerging Challenges, Vulnerability and Adaptation in Indian Scenario / Y. Shiva Shankar, Abhishek Kumar, and Devendra Mohan 33 Observed Spatio-Temporal Trends of Precipitation and Temperature Over Afghanistan / S. Rehana, P. Krishna Reddy, N. Sai Bhaskar Reddy, Abdul Raheem Daud, Shoaib Saboory, Shoaib Khaksari, S. K. Tomer, and U. Sowjanya 34 Identification of Historical Shift, Dispersion, and Trend of the Monsoon Season for Guwahati City Using Fuzzy Segmentation and Trend Analyses / Amrutha Suresh and Pekkat Sreeja 35 Analysis of Intensity–Duration– Frequency and Depth–Duration– Frequency Curve Projections Under Climate Variability / Manish Kumar Sinha, Klaus Baier, Rafig Azzam, M. K. Verma, and Ramakar Jha 36 Changes in Monthly Hydro-Climatic Indices for Middle Tapi Basin, India / Priyank J. Sharma, P. L. Patel, and V. Jothiprakash 37 Multiobjective Automatic Calibration of a Physically Based Hydrologic Model Using Multiobjective Self-Adaptive Differential Evolution Algorithm / Saswata Nandi and M. Janga Reddy 38 Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System-Based Yield Forecast Using Climatic Variables / Kalpesh Borse and P. G. Agnihotri 39 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Parameters / Arunima Priyadarsini Patnaik and Bandita Naik 40 Morphometric Analysis of Kosi River Basin, Bihar, India Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Niraj Kumar and Ramakar Jha 41 Simulation of Impact of Climate Change on the Performance of a Reservoir System in Eastern India / Satabdi Saha, Debasri Roy, and Rajib Das 42 Assessing the Impact of Spatial Resolution on Land Surface Model Based on Hydrologic Simulations / Aiendrila Dey and Renji Remesan 43 Infilling Missing Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperature Dataset by EM Algorithm Followed by Distribution Based Statistical Assessment Using Eight Absolute Homogeneity Tests / P. Kabbilawsh, D. Sathish Kumar, and N. R. Chithra 44 Multisite Monthly to Daily Naturalised Streamflow Disaggregation Using Daily Flow Pattern Hydrograph / Vivek Verma 45 Error Analysis of TMPA Near Real-Time Precipitation Estimates for an Indian Monsoon Region / Ashish Kumar and RAAJ Ramsankaran 46 Comparison of Selection of Predictors for Statistical Downscaling of Precipitation Using Different Statistical Techniques / Kumar Keshav, Vivekanand Singh, and Roshni Thendiyath
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam, The Netherlands : Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128160602 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (554 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9780128160602
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Acknowledgements Chapter 1 - The restless ocean Chapter 2 - Frameworks, data, and methods Chapter 3 - Surface drift, gyres, and the fate of plastic Chapter 4 - Western boundary currents and drifting organisms Chapter 5 - Eastern boundary currents, upwelling, and high biological productivity Chapter 6 - The tropical oceans, interannual climate variability, and ecosystem adaptation Chapter 7 - From the northern subpolar oceans to the Arctic and its retreating sea ice Chapter 8 - From the Southern Ocean to Antarctica and its changing ice shelves Chapter 9 - Processes and flows in marginal seas Chapter 10 - Ocean boundaries, connectivity, and inter-ocean exchanges Chapter 11 - The global circulation and transformation of water masses Chapter 12 - Ocean currents, heat transport, and climate Epilogue: Looking ahead Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    facet.materialart.12
    Edinburgh : Dunedin
    Call number: 9781780466637 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Two thirds of our planet is covered by oceans and seas. Over recent decades developments in ocean science have dramatically improved our understanding of the key role oceans play in the Earth System, and how vital they are for regulating global climate. Humans depend on the oceans for many resources, but at the same time their impacts on the marine systems around the world are of increasing concern. Introducing Oceanography has been written by two leading oceanographers to provide a succinct overview of the science of the study of the seas for students and for the interested adult wanting a topical guide to this enormous and complex subject. The initial chapters describe the oceans and the forces at work within them. The authors then discuss the effects of light, the chemistry of the seas and the food web before surveying biological oceanography in the main oceanic regions. The final chapter looks at the methodology of ocean study. Copiously illustrated, this book is intended for those whose interest in oceanography has been stimulated, perhaps by media coverage of declining resources or climate change and who want to know more. Technical terms are kept to a minimum and are explained in a glossary.
    Description / Table of Contents: Written by two leading oceanographers, Introducing Oceanography has rapidly established itself as a key introductory overview of its subject.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (191 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9781780466637
    Series Statement: Introducing Earth and Environmental Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Intro Contents Preface 1. The water in the oceans 2. Density and density flows 3. Ocean waves 4. Flow in the oceans 5. The tides 6. Stratification and fronts in shelf seas 7. Light in the oceans 8. Biology of the oceans 9. Chemistry of the oceans 10. Primary production in the oceans 11. Ocean food webs 12. Biology at the ocean extremes 13 Changing oceans 14. Sampling the oceans Glossary Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: 9783030459093 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses a broad range of issues concerning microplastic pollution, including microplastic pollution in various environments (freshwater, marine, air and soil); the sources, fate and effects of microplastics; detection systems for microplastic pollution monitoring; green approaches for the synthesis of environmentally friendly polymers; recovery and recycling of marine plastics; wastewater treatment plants as a microplastic entrance route; nanoplastics as emerging pollutants; degradation of plastics in the marine environment; impacts of microplastics on marine life; microplastics: from marine pollution to the human food chain; mitigation of microplastic impacts and innovative solutions; sampling, extraction, purification and identification approaches for microplastics; adsorption and transport of pollutants on and in microplastics; and lastly, the socio-economic and environmental impacts: assessment and risk analysis. In addition to presenting cutting-edge information and highlighting current trends and issues, the book proposes concrete solutions to help face this significant environmental threat. It is chiefly intended for researchers and industry decision-makers; international, national and local institutions; and NGOs, providing them with comprehensive information on the origin of the problem; its effects on marine environments, with a particular focus on the Mediterranean Sea and coasts; and recent and ongoing research activities and projects aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 329 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030459093 , 978-3-030-45909-3
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Impact of Microplastics on Filter-Feeding Megafauna / Maria Cristina Fossi, Matteo Baini, and Cristina Panti Microplastic Contamination of Sediment and Water Column in the Seine River Estuary / Soline Alligant, Johnny Gasperi, Aline Gangnery, Frank Maheux, Benjamin Simon, Marie-Pierre Halm-Lemille, Maria El Rakwe, Catherine Dreanno, Jérôme Cachot, and Bruno Tassin Plastic Debris in Urban Water and in Freshwater: Lessons Learned from Research Projects Launched in the Seine Basin Catchment / Johnny Gasperi, Soline Alligant, Rachid Dris, Romain Tramoy, Robin Treilles, and Bruno Tassin Insights on Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Ecosystems: The EPHEMARE Project / Francesco Regoli, Marina Albentosa, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Annika Batel, Maria João Bebianno, Marie-Laure Bégout, Ricardo Beiras, Juan Bellas, Ronny Blust, Agathe Bour, Thomas Braunbeck, Jérôme Cachot, Camilla Catarci Carteny, Bettie Cormier, Xavier Cousin, Alberto Cuesta, María Ángeles Esteban, Marco Faimali, Chiara Gambardella, Francesca Garaventa, Stefania Gorbi, Lúcia Guilhermino, Ketil Hylland, Steffen H. Keiter, Kathrin Kopke, Bénédicte Morin, Alexandre Pacheco, Lucia Pittura, Raewyn M. Town, and Luis R. Vieira What Can Model Polystyrene Nanoparticles Can Teach Us on the Impact of Nanoplastics in Bivalves? Studies in Mytilus from the Molecular to the Organism Level / Manon Auguste, Teresa Balbi, Caterina Ciacci, and Laura Canesi In Vitro Effects of Mercury (Hg) on the Immune Function of Mediterranean Mussel (Mytilus Galloprovincialis) Are Enhanced in Presence of Microplastics in the Extracellular Medium / Concepción Martínez-Gómez, Juan Santos-Echeandía, José R. Rivera-Hernández, Ramón Ortuño, Marina Albentosa, and Víctor M. León Study of Chemical Pollutants over Marine Microplastics Based on Their Composition and Degradation Rate / Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, Daura Vega-Moreno, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Marine Litter: Are There Solutions to This Environmental Challenge? / Richard C. Thompson and Francesca De Falco Development of a Thermo Degradation Method to Assess Levels and Distribution of Microplastics in Marine Sediments and Its Application in Two Case Studies: The Northern Adriatic Sea (Italy) and Boknafjord (Norway) / Alessio Gomiero, Kjell Birger Øysæd, Pierluigi Strafella, Gianna Fabi, and Giuseppe Scarcella Microplastics Extraction and Counting from Wastewater and Sludge Through Elutriation and Hydrocyclone / Rubén Rodríguez-Alegre, Javier Eduardo Sánchez-Ramírez, Laura Pastor, Silvia Doñate, Adrián Marí, Abel Lara, and Edxon Licon Microfiber Pollution from Source to Mitigation / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, and Mariacristina Cocca Textile Fibres in Mediterranean Surface Waters: Abundance and Composition / Giuseppe Suaria, Marta Musso, Aikaterini Achtypi, Deborah Bassotto, and Stefano Aliani When Size Matters – Textile Microfibers into the Environment / Francisco Belzagui, Carmen Gutiérrez-Bouzán, Antonio Álvarez-Sánchez, and Mercedes Vilaseca Derelict Fishing Gear – Removing a Source of Microplastics from the Marine Environment / Andrea Stolte, Jochen Lamp, Gabriele Dederer, Falk Schneider, Marta Kalinowska, Sylwia Migdal, Marek Press, Vesa Tschernij, and Andreas Frössberg Biodegradable Plastics Do not Form Chemically Persistent Microplastics / Francesco Degli Innocenti Controlled Aging and Degradation of Selected Plastics in Marine Environment: 12 Months of Follow-up / Luca Fambri, Roberto Caria, Fabrizio Atzori, Riccardo Ceccato, and Denis Lorenzi Inhalable Microplastics: A New Cause for Concern? / Frank J. Kelly, Joseph Levermore, and Stephanie Wright Microplastics and Nanoplastics Occurrence and Composition in Drinking Water from Akureyri Urban Area, Iceland / Ásta Margrét Ásmundsdóttir, Alessio Gomiero, and Kjell Birger Øysæd Association of Potential Human Pathogens with Microplastics in Freshwater Systems / Loriane Murphy, Kieran Germaine, David N. Dowling, Thomais Kakouli-Duarte, and John Cleary Sample Preparation and Analysis Methods of Microplastics / Tiziano Battistini, Masenka Mikuz, Giulia Dalla Fontana, Alessio Montarsolo, and Raffaella Mossotti INTO THE MED: Searching for Microplastics from Space to Deep-Sea / Catharina Pieper, Ana Martins, Erik Zettler, Clara Magalhães Loureiro, Victor Onink, Anu Heikkilä, Alexandre Epinoux, Ethan Edson, Vincenzo Donnarumma, Fons de Vogel, Kara Lavender Law, and Linda Amaral-Zettler Analysis of Marine Microplastics in the Water Column Sampled up to 300 M Depth / Daura Vega-Moreno, Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Macro and Microplastics in Stormwater and Combined Sewer Overflows in Paris Megacity / Robin Treilles, Johnny Gasperi, Mohamed Saad, Alain Rabier, Jérôme Breton, Vincent Rocher, Sabrina Guérin, and Bruno Tassin The Effect of Drinking Water Ozonation on Different Types of Submicron Plastic Particles / Gerardo Pulido-Reyes, Denise M. Mitrano, Ralf Kägi, and Urs von Gunten Microplastic in Coastal Areas - Impact of Waves, Sediments and Saltwater on the Degradation Behaviour / Maximilian P. Born and Holger Schüttrumpf The Role of Humic Acids on the Effects of Nanoplastics in Fish / I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Preliminary Data on the Polymer Type Identification from Estuarine Environmental Samples / Gonçalo Brás Gomes, Vanessa Morgado, and Carla Palma Qualitative and Quantitative Screening of Organic Pollutants Associated on Microplastics from Ofanto River (South Italy) / Claudia Campanale, Giuseppe Bagnuolo, Georg Dierkes, Carmine Massarelli, and Vito Felice Uricchio Assessment of Microplastic Pollution in Sarno River / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Rachele Castaldo, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, Giancarlo Chiavazzo, Mariateresa Imaparato, Francesca Montuoro, Luca Pucci, Stefania Di Vito, and Mariacristina Cocca Holistic Approach to the Marine Microplastics: Sampling, Characterization, Consequences / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Marine Microplastics at Santuario Pelagos / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Microplastics Uptake and Egestion Dynamics in Pacific Oysters, Magallana Gigas (Thunberg, 1793), Under Controlled Conditions / Philip Graham, Luca Palazzo, Stefano Carboni, Trevor Telfer, Maura Baroli, and Giuseppe Andrea de Lucia Extraction Protocol Optimization for Detection of Microplastics in Digestive System Contents of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta Caretta) / Ludovica Di Renzo, Giuseppina Mascilongo, Federica Di Giacinto, Daniela Zezza, Gabriella Di Francesco, Vincenzo Olivieri, Miriam Berti, Antonio Petrini, and Nicola Ferri Study of Plastics Debris Collected on the North Beaches of the Garda Lake After the Severe Storm Vaia in Autumn 2018 / Luca Fambri, Giada Bombardelli, Claudia Gavazza, Alfredo Casagranda, Paola Battocchi, and Renzo Tomasi Microplastics and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Occurrence in a Demersal Fish (Solea solea) in the Adriatic Sea / Emanuela Frapiccini, Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Giuseppe Scarcella, Stefano Guicciardi, Anna Annibaldi, Mattia Betti, and Mauro Marini Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Zooplankton / Silvia Morgana, Chiara Gambardella, Elisa Costa, Veronica Piazza, Francesca Garaventa, and Marco Faimali Occurrence of Microplastics in the Gastrointestinal Tracts (GITs) of the Common Dolphinfish, Coryphaena Hippurus, from the Western Mediterranean Sea / Gabriella Schirinzi, Cristina Pedà, Franco Andaloro, Matteo Baini, Pietro Battaglia, Michela D’Alessandro, Martina Genovese, Marinella Farré, Cristina Panti, Maria Cristina Fossi, and Teresa Romeo Effects of Polymethacrylate Nanoplastics on Lipid Metabolism in Sparus Aurata / C. Barría, I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Measuring the Size and the Charge of Microplastics in Aqueous Suspensions With and With
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 717 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030335663 , 978-3-030-33566-3
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783030693251 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 525 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030693251 , 978-3-030-69325-1
    ISSN: 2212-5450 , 2452-1582
    Series Statement: Strategies for sustainability
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introducing Sustainability in the Maritime Domain / Angela Carpenter, Tafsir M. Johansson, and Jon A. Skinner References Part I Moving to the Green-Blue Economy 2 Greening the Blue Economy: A Transdisciplinary Analysis / Mark J. Spalding, Angelica E. Braestrup, and Alexandra Refosco 1 Introduction 2 Sustainability Actions 2.1 Sustainability Action 1: Standardize Inspection and Enforcement 2.2 Sustainability Action 2: Promote Solutions to Reduce Greenhouse Gas (GHG) and Other Atmospheric Pollutant Emissions Generated by the Maritime Transportation Sector 2.3 Sustainability Action 3: Design and Build Greener Ships 2.4 Sustainability Action 4: Treating Ballast Water with Low (or No) Impact Technology 2.5 Sustainability Action 5: Making Onboard Water Treatment Systems Safer for People and the Ocean 2.6 Sustainability Action 6: Greening Port Facilities 2.7 Sustainability Action 7: Improve Ship Safety and Emergency Response to Shipping Accidents 2.8 Sustainability Action 8: Make the Ocean Quieter 2.9 Sustainability Action 9: Operate to Avoid Whale Strikes 2.10 Sustainability Action 10: Expand Maritime Transportation Sector Engagement in Oceanic Data Collection and Monitoring . 3 Looking Ahead: Establish a Framework for Maritime Transportation Governance That Supports All Life on Earth 4 Concluding Remarks References 3 Regional Marine Spatial Planning: A Tool for Greening Blue Economy in the Bay of Bengal / Asraful Alam 1 Introduction 2 Blue Economy 3 Marine Spatial Planning 4 Blue Economy and Marine Spatial Planning 5 The Current Management Framework for the Bay of Bengal 5.1 Bay of Bengal Program Inter-governmental Organization Agreement 2003 5.2 Action Plan for the Protection and Management of the Marine and Coastal Environment of the South Asian Region 1995 5.3 SAARC Charter, Environment Action Plan and Convention on Cooperation on Environment 5.4 Declaration on the Establishment of the Bangladesh- India-Myanmar-Sri Lanka-Thailand for Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC) 1997 6 The Management Framework, Blue Economy and Marine Spatial Planning in the Bay of Bengal 7 Conclusion References 4 Green Ports and Sustainable Shipping in the European Context / Ziaul Haque Munim and Rana Saha 1 Introduction 1.1 The North Sea and Baltic Sea Region 1.2 The Mediterranean Sea Region 1.3 The Black Sea Region 2 Maritime Regulation in the European Regions 2.1 MARPOL in European Regions 2.2 European Pollution Prevention Regulations 3 Green Port Management Practices 4 Green Shipping Practices 5 A Conceptual Framework for Maritime Sustainability 6 Conclusions and Future Research Directions References Part II Moving to a More Secure and Safe Maritime Regulatory Regime 5 Maritime Transport and Sustainable Fisheries: Breaking the Silos / Natalia Martini and Sandra Rita Allnutt 1 Overview of the Global Efforts for Sustainable Fisheries and Maritime Transport 1.1 The Global Effort for Sustainable Fisheries and Port State Control 1.2 Interagency Cooperation: A Global Approach to Deter IUU Fishing and Increase Maritime Safety 2 The Way Forward: How to Break the Silos 2.1 Fighting IUU Fishing: Enhanced Global Cooperation, Strengthened Ocean Governance, and Improved Regional Compliance 2.2 Enhancing Sustainable Maritime Transport and SDG 14’s Implementation: Environmental Issues Related to Fisheries and Sea-Based Marine Plastic Litter 3 Conclusions References 6 Maritime Security: Adapting for Mid-century Challenges / Jon A. Skinner 1 Introduction 2 Collaborative Maritime Security 2.1 United Nations Sustainable Development Goals for 2030 2.2 Maritime Security and the International Regulatory Governance 2.3 Collaborative Hard Security 3 Benchmarking Maritime Security Strategies 3.1 IMO 3.2 European Union 4 Embracing Multi-causality 5 Identifying the Main Drivers and Threats 6 Geopolitics and Breaking the Rules 7 Energy Markets and Maritime Security 7.1 The Geopolitics of Oil and Gas 7.2 Scenarios and Back-Casting 8 The Covid-19 Pandemics Impact on 2050 CO2 Emission Goals 9 Security Flashpoints 2050 10 Conclusion References 7 ISPS Code Implementation: Overkill and Off-Target / Johnny Dalgaard 1 Introduction 2 ISPS Code Implementation in EU and Danish Legislation 2.1 Danish Implementation 2.2 Tactical Danish Method 3 Development of Plans 3.1 Ports and Port Facilities 3.2 Ship Security Assessment (SSA) 4 Nature of Security 4.1 Acceptance of Risk, Example Iraq Vs. USA 4.2 Consequence and Risk of Exposal 4.3 Red Teaming 4.4 Barriers and Capacity 4.5 A Thesis of How to Assess Potential Terrorists 5 Combining Consequence and Risk of Exposal with Barriers and Capacity 5.1 Evaluation of the Efficiency in Perspective on “Return on Investment” 6 Security as Part of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) 7 Towards a Better Security to Support SDGs and Beyond 7.1 Appropriate Security Measures 7.2 Sustainable Development Goal 14 Combined with Goal 17 8 Conclusion References 8 Port and Maritime Security and Sustainability / Michael Edgerton 1 Introduction 2 Defining Sustainability and Resilience 3 Sustainable Development, Disruption, and the Maritime Domain 3.1 Threats to Maritime Security 3.2 Protection of Marine Resources 3.3 Enhancing the Focus on Cargo Security 3.4 Limitations of the ISPS Code 3.5 Expansion of Global Trade 3.6 “Just-in-Time” Delivery and the Sensitivity of Global Trade 3.7 The Convergence of Operational, Physical, and Digital Security 3.8 A Challenge of Governance 3.9 Maritime Security and Resilience 3.10 Protecting the Sea Lines of Communication 4 How Maritime and Port Security Can Support Sustainable Development References 9 Governance of International Sea Borders: Regional Approaches and Sustainable Solutions for Maritime Surveillance in the Mediterranean Sea / Marco Fantinato 1 Introduction 2 Traditional Maritime Surveillance Operations and Conventional Techniques Within Maritime Spaces Defined by the UNCLOS 3 The Interplay Between EU Maritime Security Policies and Surveillance Activities in the Mediterranean Sea 4 The Management of the External Sea Borders in the EU and the Concept of Integrated Maritime Surveillance 5 EU InterAgency Cooperation and the Development of Sustainable Technologies to Detect Unlawful Activities in the Mediterranean Sea 5.1 Copernicus Maritime Surveillance Service 5.2 Unmanned Aircraft Systems 5.3 Maritime Autonomous Vehicles 6 Exploring the Nexus Between Maritime Surveillance Activities in the Mediterranean and Sustainable Approaches 6.1 Flexibility 6.2 Interoperability 6.3 Complementarity 7 Concluding Remarks References Part III Improvements in Management/Technology of Best Practices for Sustainable Shipping 10 The Applicability of the International and Regional Efforts to Prevent Oil Pollution: Comparative Analysis Between the Arabian Gulf Region and the North Sea / Khalid R. Aldosari 1 Introduction 2 International Efforts to Curb Marine Oil Pollution 2.1 Importance of UNCLOS in Marine Pollution Prevention 2.2 Summary of International Conventions 2.3 Section Summary and Critical Analysis 3 Arabian Gulf Regional Marine Pollution Prevention Efforts 3.1 Summary of Regional Conventions to Curb Oil Marine Pollution 3.2 Section Summary and Critical Analysis 4 North Sea Regional Marine Pollution Prevention Efforts 4.1 Regional Efforts Towards Marine Pollution Prevention 4.2 Sources of Oil Pollution in the North Sea 4.3 Section Summary and Critical Analysis 5 Comparative Analysis Between the Arabian Gulf and North Sea Marine Pollution Prevention Activities 6 The Relation Between Oil Pollution Conventions, the SDGs, and Marine Transportation 6.1 SDGs and Maritime Transportation 6.2 Overview of the SDGs Role in Maritime Transportation 6.3 Linkages Between SDG 14, 17, and Transboundary Pollution 6.4 Transboundary Pollution in Accidental and Non-Accidental Oil Pollution 7 Conclusion References 11 Implications of Automation and Digitalization for Maritime Education and Training / Amit Sharma, Tae-Eun Kim, and Salman Nazir 1 Introduction 2 Maritime Auto
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: 9783030752781 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the improvement and dissemination of knowledge on methods, policies and technologies for increasing the sustainability of development by de-coupling growth from natural resources and replacing them with knowledge-based economy, taking into account its economic, environmental and social pillars, as well as methods for assessing and measuring sustainability of development, regarding water and environment. This book gathers scholar and experts in related fields. All attendees from a vast range of companies, universities and government institutions acquire advanced technical knowledge and are introduced to new fields through discussions that focus on their own specialties as well as a variety of interdisciplinary areas. The authors hope most of scholars can find what they really need in this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 343 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030752781 , 978-3-030-75278-1
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Solar Thermal Energy Production in DSF Applied in the Human Comfort Improvements / Eusébio Conceição, Ma Inês Conceição, Ma Manuela Lúcio, João Gomes, André Ramos, and Hazim Awbi 2 Hydraulics Geometry Analysis of UPNM Channel / Zuliziana Suif, Saiful Syazwan Wahi Anuar, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Siti Khadijah Che Osmi 3 Productivity Enhancement of Solar Still Distillation System Using Immersion-Type Water Heater / Nordila Ahmad, Norhasirah Mohd Isa, Zuliziana Suif, Maidana Othman, Jestin Jelani, and Jaafar Adnan 4 Stability Analysis of a Man-Made Slope: A Case Study on the UPNM Campus, Sg Besi, Kuala Lumpur / Jestin Jelani, Mohamad Saiful Adli Hah, Mohd Nazrin Mohd Daud, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Wan Mohamed Syafuan Wan Mohamed Sabri 5 Comparison of the Full-Scale Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Designs Consisting of Modified Bardenpho Process with and Without Membrane Bioreactor for Nutrient Removal: Cost Analysis / Shahryar Jafarinejad 6 Analysis of the Influence of Wax Precipitation and Paraffin Control Technology on Environmental Protection / Deyin Zhao, Yi Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, Lirong Yao, and Gaojie Liang 7 Impact of Abandoned Oil Well on Ecological Environment and Analysis of Geothermal Exploitation / Lirong Yao, Yi Zhao, Deyin Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, and Jinbao Li 8 Numerical Evaluation of the Temperature Distribution in a Tree Trunk in a Forest Fire Environment / Eusébio Conceição, João Gomes, Maria Manuela Lúcio, Jorge Raposo, Domingos Xavier, and Maria Teresa Viegas 9 Analysis of Soluble Organic Polar Fractions from Sea Salt by GC–MS / Guo-hua Chang, Kang-ping Zhao, Bin Yue, Zhuo-xin Yin, Xiao-ke Li, and Hai-li Sun 10 Microplastics in Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants: Dynamic Distribution, Seasonal Variation, and Removal Efficiencies / Sujarat Saiwaree and Vorapot Kanokkantapong 11 Spatial–Temporal Variation Analysis on Ecosystem Service Values in a Typical Inland River Basin, Northwest China / Mingtao Li, Lingfen Kang, and Chuancheng Zhao 12 Transportation of Chromium(VI) from Hydrochloric Acid Medium via a Dispersion Supported Liquid Membrane Using N235 / Yingxue Li, Yijian Zhong, Jiaheng Wu, Qingsong Shao, Xiaoyan Chen, and Yan Zhu 13 Effects of Important Factors on Determination of Metals in Soil Samples Using Hand-Held X-ray Fluorescence / Zhuoxin Yin, Yijun Wen, Weidong Chen, Fanxiang Han, Guohua Chang, and Caiping Yao 14 Collaboration Mapping in Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Haze in Chiang Mai / Pongtip Thiengburanathum 15 Greywater Treatment in Continuous Flow Solar Photocatalytic Reactor Using Graphite Supported Nitrogen-Doped TiO2 / Kumari Priyanka, Neelancherry Remya, and Manaswini Behera 16 Effect of Current and Electrodes Area to Color Removal Efficiency and Energy Consumption by Electrocoagulation Process / Bang-on Nareerob and Ponlakit Jitto 17 Accessing the Sustainable Developments Principle of Protection of the Mekong River’s Water Resources / Thuy Hang Tran, Hong Hanh Pham, and Thanh Hoa Ha 18 Key Technology and Economic Analysis of Using Fujiang River Water as the Cooling and Heating Sources for Air Conditioning System / Zhang Wei, Fu Daoyou, Yao Mingqiang, and Gan Shiyuan 19 Highly Effective Magnetic Silica-Chitosan Hybrid for Sulfate Ion Adsorption / Sukamto, Yuichi Kamiya, Bambang Rusdiarso, and Nuryono 20 Statistical Analysis of Water and Sediment Research in Heilongjiang River Basin / Ning Yu, Lei Zhang, Jun Li, and Yousheng Wang 21 Empowering Citizens’ Resilience - The FLOODLABEL / P. Meier, H. Meyer, A. Schüttrumpf, and G. Johann 22 Sustainable Environmental Planning of a Tourist Destination Bulgaria - State and Trends / Elenita Velikova 23 Analytical Approach for Sustainable Multi-Objective Management of Sediment-Algae Dynamics / Hidekazu Yoshioka and Saya Hashimoto 24 From Convergent to Ecological Transition—Challenges for the Management and Regional Development of Bulgaria / Georgi Tsolov and Nikola Tanakov 25 Comparison Methods of Carbon Oil Sorbents Hardening / Elena Ushakova, Liliya Soloveva, and Andrey Ushakov 26 Integration of Experimental and Numerical Methods to Investigate the Effect of Hydraulic Retention Time on Ultrafiltration Membrane Fouling / Meng Yao, Ting Chen, Zhilin Ran, Xiaoqing Dong, and Guosheng Wang 27 Using Electrodialysis to Recycle Chemical Polishing Agent from Anodizing Industry / Jih-Hsing Chang, Mohanraj Kumar, and Shan-Yi Shen 28 Methodological Aspects of Strategic Regional Planning for Achieving Sustainable Development in Bulgaria / Georgi Nikolov, Elka Vasileva, and Desislava Botseva 29 Study on the Model of Construction Safety Risk Evaluation Coupling Multiple Factors in Navigable Waters / Hui Sun, Yuchi Hao, Jiaming Qu, Ping Zhu, and Runli Tao 30 Distribution Characteristics of Plastic Particles in Coastal and Beach of Hsinchu, Taiwan / Ying-Fang Hsu, Feng-Hsin Chang, Pei-Yi Feng, Hsiao-Chien Huang, Chi-Yu Chuang, Shinhao Yang, and Wei-Ting Liu
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783658404673 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieses Buch bietet einen Überblick über ein komplexes, auch an Hochschulen und Forschungseinrichtungen zunehmend sichtbarer werdendes gesellschaftliches Problem: Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG). Die vielfältigen Aspekte, rechtlichen Fragen und komplexen Erscheinungsformen machen das Thema in einem hierarchischen Umfeld mit vielfach undurchsichtigen Verantwortungsstrukturen zu einer organisationalen und individuellen Herausforderung. 16 Beiträge nehmen die vielfältigen Erscheinungsformen und Ausprägungen als Forschungsgegenstand und Teil des organisationalen Alltags in den Blick. Sie erläutern den Umgang mit SBDG in verschiedenen Kontexten und Räumen in der Wissenschaft aus verschiedenen Perspektiven und informieren über Strukturen zur Prävention. Dieses Werk ist eine orientierende Handreichung für alle, die im universitären und/oder Forschungsbereich arbeiten, Personalverantwortung tragen, die Entwicklung von akademischen Einrichtungen begleiten und nicht zuletzt für all jene, die von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in hochschulischen Kontexten direkt betroffen oder ihr indirekt begegnet sind. Der Inhalt Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgangsweisen und Lösungsansätze Erweiterung der Perspektive Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte Die Herausgeberinnen Dr. Heike Pantelmann ist Geschäftsführerin des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums für Geschlechterforschung an der Freien Universität Berlin. Sie leitet den Forschungsschwerpunkt Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG) des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums. Neben der wissenschaftlichen und hochschulpolitischen Arbeit gibt sie Workshops im Themenfeld. Dr. Sabine Blackmore ist langjährige Gleichstellungsakteurin an Berliner Hochschulen sowie Coach und Trainerin für Wissenschaft und Gleichstellung. Sowohl in ihrer hochschulischen Tätigkeit als auch in ihrer jetzigen Tätigkeit als Coach und Trainerin arbeitet Sabine Blackmore vertieft zu dem Thema SBDG im hochschulischen Kontext. Sie berät Hochschulen und Stiftungen und arbeitet mit Führungskräften, Betroffenen und Bystandern.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 233 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: korrigierte Publikation 2023
    ISBN: 9783658404673 , 978-3-658-40467-3
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung: S(B)DG im Hochschulkontext – Einführung und Überblick / Heike Pantelmann und Sabine Blackmore Teil I Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten 2 „Islands of Empowerment“ – Recht als Instrument der Selbstermächtigung gegen rassistische und sexistische Diskriminierung / Doris Liebscher 3 Nein heißt nein: Universitäre Maßnahmen gegen sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt. Richtlinien, Beratung, Prävention / Tanja Wälty und Heike Pantelmann 4 International vergleichende Forschung über Formen geschlechtsbezogener Gewalt in Wissenschaftsorganisationen / Anke Lipinsky und Claudia Schredl Teil II Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen 5 Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in der Universitätsmedizin in Theorie und Praxis / Pia Djermester, Sabine C. Jenner und Sabine Oertelt-Prigione 6 Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick 7 Kunst braucht Nähe. Nähe braucht Regeln. Vom professionellen Umgang mit Grenzen in der musikalischen Ausbildung an Musikhochschulen / Antje Kirschning 8 Für ein gutes Miteinander auf See. Eine Initiative zur Prävention von sexualisierten Grenzverletzungen auf Forschungsfahrten / Kristin Hamann, Nikole Lorenz, Catharina Jäcke und Ulrike Schroller-Lomnitz Teil III Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgang und Lösungsansätze 9 Die Hochschule – ein möglichst sicherer Ort! Elemente eines Schutzkonzepts zur Prävention von und zum Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Ulrike Richter, Sünne Andresen, Elisa Kassin und Holger Specht 10 „Na, dann brauchen wir wohl einen Workshop oder Coaching …“ – Trainings und Coaching als Instrumente in der hochschulischen Arbeit bei Fällen von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Sabine Blackmore und Lisa Horvath 11 Beratung bei sexualisierter Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt: Ein Schulungskonzept für Hochschulen / Brigitte Reysen-Kostudis und Wendy Stollberg 12 Sensibilisierung zum Thema „Sexualisierte Diskriminierung und Gewalt“ im Rahmen der jährlichen Sicherheitsunterweisung nach Arbeitsschutzgesetz – eine präventive Maßnahme / Robin von Both, Britta Bergfeldt und Birgid Langer Teil IV Erweiterung der Perspektive 13 Intersektionalität, Repräsentanz und safer spaces bei sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt an Hochschulen / Gabriele Rosenstreich 14 Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft – Akademischer Aktivismus. Ein Bericht über aktivistische Schreib- und Arbeitsprozesse / AG Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft Teil V Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte 15 Tackling Sexual Harassment and Violence in Universities: Seven Lessons from the UK / Alison Phipps 16 Green Tides and Pink Glitter: A Brief Account of the 21st-century Feminist Movement in Mexican Higher Education / Kenya Herrera Bórquez 17 Sexual Violence in the University Environment in Mexico: Some Reflections on its Manifestations and its Relationship with Feminist Activism / Daniela Cerva Cerna und Marcela Suárez Estrada Erratum zu: Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783031141942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book explores the PhD experience as never before and provides a “survival guide” for current and prospective PhD students. The book investigates why mental health issues are so common among the postgraduate population, going beyond the statistics, looking at lived experience of both the author and as well as current PhD students, who have found balancing mental wellness with the PhD endeavour challenging. The author discusses tips and tricks she wished she had known at the start of her PhD process for managing mental health, such as managing imposter feelings, prioritising workload, and self-care strategies to help others throughout their own journey. The book goes beyond typical mental health discussions (where the focus for improving mental health is placed on PhD students to become “more resilient”) and explores some of the often unspoken environmental factors that can impact mental health. These include the PhD student-supervisor relationship, the pressure to publish, and deep systemic problems in academia, such as racism, bullying and harassment. Finally, the book is a call to action, providing tangible improvements from the author’s perspective that university institutions can make to ensure that academia is a place for all to thrive.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 199 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783031141942 , 978-3-031-14194-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Defining the Problem 1 Introduction 1.1 A Comment on the Guide 1.2 If You Are Studying for a PhD 1.3 If You Are a PhD Supervisor or PhD Course Coordinator 1.4 If You Are a Concerned Friend or Family Member References 2 Challenging Perceptions: What Is Mental Health Anyway? 2.1 The Mental Health Continuum 2.2 Barriers to Seeking Help 2.3 Recognising the Signs 2.4 Helping Others 2.5 What Mental Health Isn’t 2.6 To Declare or Not to Declare?: That Is the Question References 3 Setting the Scene: Understanding the PhD Mental Health Crisis 3.1 Exploring the Data 3.2 What Is the Cause? 3.3 Research Culture 3.4 The Ups and Downs of the PhD Journey 3.5 There Is Hope References Part II Mindset Matters 4 Self-Care: Without You There Is No PhD 4.1 Setting the Foundations 4.2 Establishing a Good Sleep Schedule 4.3 Eat Nutritious Food 4.4 Physical Exercise 4.5 Managing Finances 4.6 Examples of Self-Care 4.7 Putting Self-Care in Context of a PhD 4.8 Acknowledging There May Be a Problem: Addiction 4.9 Setting Boundaries 4.10 What to Do If You Reach Burnout 4.11 Navigating Self-Care as a Part-Time PhD Student References 5 Not Another Yoga Session: University Wellbeing Programs and Why They so Often Miss the Mark 5.1 Reactive Not Proactive 5.2 Trying Something New 5.3 Building Resilience 5.4 The Darker Side of Resilience References 6 “I’ll Read It Later” and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves: Managing Expectations and Guilt 6.1 Starting Out 6.2 Changing the World 6.3 Planning Your PhD 6.4 You Are Entitled to (and Deserve) Breaks 6.5 Becoming an Expert 6.6 First Time Failing 6.7 Be Grateful (or Else) 6.8 Productivity and Time Management 6.9 Prioritising References 7 Why You Earned It: Fighting the Impostor 7.1 Understanding the Value You Bring 7.2 Receiving Recognition 7.3 Receiving Critique 7.4 Comparing Yourself With Others 7.5 Asking for Help 7.6 Redefining Your Self-Worth 7.7 Perfectionism 7.8 Email ‘Anxiety’ 7.9 Presentation Nerves 7.10 Fighting Back 7.11 Discriminatory Gaslighting References Part III Environmental Stressors 8 Dismantling the Ivory Tower: Systemic Issues That Might Impact Your Mental Health 8.1 The Ivory Tower 8.2 Systemic Racism 8.3 Gender Discrimination 8.4 Sexual Harassment 8.5 Bullying 8.6 LGBT+ Discrimination 8.7 Being “First Generation” 8.8 Classism 8.9 Financial Concerns 8.10 Ableism, Disability and Neurodivergence 8.11 Ageism 8.12 Isolation and Culture Shock 8.13 A Comment on Intersectionality 8.14 Changing the Research Culture 8.15 In the Meantime, What Can You Do? 8.16 Finding Light in a Dark Place References 9 Perhaps It’s Not You It’s Them: PhD Student-Supervisor Relationships 9.1 Choosing Your Supervisor 9.2 The Role of a PhD Supervisor 9.3 Understanding What Makes a Supportive Supervisor 9.4 At Odds 9.5 The Flaw in the System 9.6 Identifying Your Supervisor’s Working Style 9.7 Pervasive, Damaging Biases 9.8 When Things Go Seriously Wrong (and It Is Definitely not Your Fault) 9.9 What You Can Do If Your Supervisor Is Abusive 9.10 Effective Communication 9.11 What to Do if You Have a Disagreement References 10 Publish or Perish: On the Myth of Meritocracy 10.1 It Is Not an Equal Playing Field 10.2 The Publication Process 10.3 Managing Reviewer 2 10.4 Publishing Options 10.5 Who Is Perishing, Anyway? 10.6 Perfectionism 10.7 Writing Your Thesis 10.8 Research Misconduct 10.9 What to Do if You Realise Research Misconduct Is Happening References 11 The High-Walled Rose Garden: Understanding There Is Life Outside the Academy 11.1 So What Does This Mean for You and Surviving Your PhD? 11.2 Finding Out What You Truly Enjoy 11.3 Reframing Your Skillsets 11.4 Transitioning from Your PhD 11.5 Debunking the Myths 11.6 Should I Stay or Should I Go? References Part IV Seeking Help 12 Thriving, Not Just Surviving 12.1 Identifying the Problem Set 12.2 Sharing the Hypothesis with Others 12.3 Conversation Starters 12.4 Finding a Support Network 12.5 Online Communities 12.6 Speaking About Your Mental Health with Your PhD Superviso 12.7 Lack of Understanding 12.8 Seeking External Assistance to Achieve Your Goal 12.9 If You Are at Crisis Point 12.10 The Elephant in the Room 12.11 Leading the Change 12.12 Not Just Surviving References Resources
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9783030670733 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in computer power and observing systems has led to the generation and accumulation of large scale weather & climate data begging for exploration and analysis. Pattern Identification and Data Mining in Weather and Climate presents, from different perspectives, most available, novel and conventional, approaches used to analyze multivariate time series in climate science to identify patterns of variability, teleconnections, and reduce dimensionality. The book discusses different methods to identify patterns of spatiotemporal fields. The book also presents machine learning with a particular focus on the main methods used in climate science. Applications to atmospheric and oceanographic data are also presented and discussed in most chapters. To help guide students and beginners in the field of weather & climate data analysis, basic Matlab skeleton codes are given is some chapters, complemented with a list of software links toward the end of the text. A number of technical appendices are also provided, making the text particularly suitable for didactic purposes. The topic of EOFs and associated pattern identification in space-time data sets has gone through an extraordinary fast development, both in terms of new insights and the breadth of applications. We welcome this text by Abdel Hannachi who not only has a deep insight in the field but has himself made several contributions to new developments in the last 15 years. - Huug van den Dool, Climate Prediction Center, NCEP, College Park, MD, U.S.A. Now that weather and climate science is producing ever larger and richer data sets, the topic of pattern extraction and interpretation has become an essential part. This book provides an up to date overview of the latest techniques and developments in this area. - Maarten Ambaum, Department of Meteorology, University of Reading, U.K. This nicely and expertly written book covers a lot of ground, ranging from classical linear pattern identification techniques to more modern machine learning, illustrated with examples from weather & climate science. It will be very valuable both as a tutorial for graduate and postgraduate students and as a reference text for researchers and practitioners in the field. - Frank Kwasniok, College of Engineering, University of Exeter, U.K.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 600 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030670733 , 978-3-030-67073-3
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Complexity of the Climate System 1.2 Data Exploration, Data Mining and Feature Extraction 1.3 Major Concern in Climate Data Analysis 1.3.1 Characteristics of High-Dimensional Space Geometry 1.3.2 Curse of Dimensionality and Empty Space Phenomena 1.3.3 Dimension Reduction and Latent Variable Models 1.3.4 Some Problems and Remedies in Dimension Reduction 1.4 Examples of the Most Familiar Techniques 2 General Setting and Basic Terminology 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Simple Visualisation Techniques 2.3 Data Processing and Smoothing 2.3.1 Preliminary Checking 2.3.2 Smoothing 2.3.3 Simple Descriptive Statistics 2.4 Data Set-Up 2.5 Basic Notation/Terminology 2.5.1 Centring 2.5.2 Covariance Matrix 2.5.3 Scaling 2.5.4 Sphering 2.5.5 Singular Value Decomposition 2.6 Stationary Time Series, Filtering and Spectra 2.6.1 Univariate Case 2.6.2 Multivariate Case 3 Empirical Orthogonal Functions 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Eigenvalue Problems in Meteorology: Historical Perspective 3.2.1 The Quest for Climate Patterns: Teleconnections 3.2.2 Eigenvalue Problems in Meteorology 3.3 Computing Principal Components 3.3.1 Basis of Principal Component Analysis 3.3.2 Karhunen–Loéve Expansion 3.3.3 Derivation of PCs/EOFs 3.3.4 Computing EOFs and PCs 3.4 Sampling, Properties and Interpretation of EOFs 3.4.1 Sampling Variability and Uncertainty 3.4.2 Independent and Effective Sample Sizes 3.4.3 Dimension Reduction 3.4.4 Properties and Interpretation 3.5 Covariance Versus Correlation 3.6 Scaling Problems in EOFs 3.7 EOFs for Multivariate Normal Data 3.8 Other Procedures for Obtaining EOFs 3.9 Other Related Methods 3.9.1 Teleconnectivity 3.9.2 Regression Matrix 3.9.3 Empirical Orthogonal Teleconnection 3.9.4 Climate Network-Based Methods 4 Rotated and Simplified EOFs 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Rotation of EOFs 4.2.1 Background on Rotation 4.2.2 Derivation of REOFs 4.2.3 Computing REOFs 4.3 Simplified EOFs: SCoTLASS 4.3.1 Background 4.3.2 LASSO-Based Simplified EOFs 4.3.3 Computing the Simplified EOFs 5 Complex/Hilbert EOFs 5.1 Background 5.2 Conventional Complex EOFs 5.2.1 Pairs of Scalar Fields 5.2.2 Single Field 5.3 Frequency Domain EOFs 5.3.1 Background 5.3.2 Derivation of FDEOFs 5.4 Complex Hilbert EOFs 5.4.1 Hilbert Transform: Continuous Signals 5.4.2 Hilbert Transform: Discrete Signals 5.4.3 Application to Time Series 5.4.4 Complex Hilbert EOFs 5.5 Rotation of HEOFs 6 Principal Oscillation Patterns and Their Extension 6.1 Introduction 6.2 POP Derivation and Estimation 6.2.1 Spatial Patterns 6.2.2 Time Coefficients 6.2.3 Example 6.3 Relation to Continuous POPs 6.3.1 Basic Relationships 6.3.2 Finite Time POPs 6.4 Cyclo-Stationary POPs 6.5 Other Extensions/Interpretations of POPs 6.5.1 POPs and Normal Modes 6.5.2 Complex POPs 6.5.3 Hilbert Oscillation Patterns 6.5.4 Dynamic Mode Decomposition 6.6 High-Order POPs 6.7 Principal Interaction Patterns 7 Extended EOFs and SSA 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Dynamical Reconstruction and SSA 7.2.1 Background 7.2.2 Dynamical Reconstruction and SSA 7.3 Examples 7.3.1 White Noise 7.3.2 Red Noise 7.4 SSA and Periodic Signals 7.5 Extended EOFs or Multivariate SSA 7.5.1 Background 7.5.2 Definition and Computation of EEOFs 7.5.3 Data Filtering and Oscillation Reconstruction 7.6 Potential Interpretation Pitfalls 7.7 Alternatives to SSA and EEOFs 7.7.1 Recurrence Networks 7.7.2 Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition 8 Persistent, Predictive and Interpolated Patterns 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Background on Persistence and Prediction of Stationary Time Series 8.2.1 Decorrelation Time 8.2.2 The Prediction Problem and Kolmogorov Formula 8.3 Optimal Persistence and Average Predictability 8.3.1 Derivation of Optimally Persistent Patterns 8.3.2 Estimation from Finite Samples 8.3.3 Average Predictability Patterns 8.4 Predictive Patterns 8.4.1 Introduction 8.4.2 Optimally Predictable Patterns 8.4.3 Computational Aspects 8.5 Optimally Interpolated Patterns 8.5.1 Background 8.5.2 Interpolation and Pattern Derivation 8.5.3 Numerical Aspects 8.5.4 Application 8.6 Forecastable Component Analysis 9 Principal Coordinates or Multidimensional Scaling 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Dissimilarity Measures 9.3 Metric Multidimensional Scaling 9.3.1 The Problem of Classical Scaling 9.3.2 Principal Coordinate Analysis 9.3.3 Case of Non-Euclidean Dissimilarity Matrix 9.4 Non-metric Scaling 9.5 Further Extensions 9.5.1 Replicated and Weighted MDS 9.5.2 Nonlinear Structure 9.5.3 Application to the Asian Monsoon 9.5.4 Scaling and the Matrix Nearness Problem 10 Factor Analysis 10.1 Introduction 10.2 The Factor Model 10.2.1 Background 10.2.2 Model Definition and Terminology 10.2.3 Model Identification 10.2.4 Non-unicity of Loadings 10.3 Parameter Estimation 10.3.1 Maximum Likelihood Estimates 10.3.2 Expectation Maximisation Algorithm 10.4 Factor Rotation 10.4.1 Oblique and Orthogonal Rotations 10.4.2 Examples of Rotation Criteria 10.5 Exploratory FA and Application to SLP Anomalies 10.5.1 Factor Analysis as a Matrix Decomposition Problem 10.5.2 A Factor Rotation 10.6 Basic Difference Between EOF and Factor Analyses 10.6.1 Comparison Based on the Standard Factor Model 10.6.2 Comparison Based on the Exploratory Factor Analysis Model 11 Projection Pursuit 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Definition and Purpose of Projection Pursuit 11.2.1 What Is Projection Pursuit? 11.2.2 Why Projection Pursuit? 11.3 Entropy and Structure of Random Variables 11.3.1 Shannon Entropy 11.3.2 Differential Entropy 11.4 Types of Projection Indexes 11.4.1 Quality of a Projection Index 11.4.2 Various PP Indexes 11.4.3 Practical Implementation 11.5 PP Regression and Density Estimation 11.5.1 PP Regression 11.5.2 PP Density Estimation 11.6 Skewness Modes and Climate Application of PP 12 Independent Component Analysis 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Background and Definition 12.2.1 Blind Deconvolution 12.2.2 Blind Source Separation 12.2.3 Definition of ICA 12.3 Independence and Non-normality 12.3.1 Statistical Independence 12.3.2 Non-normality 12.4 Information-Theoretic Measures 12.4.1 Entropy 12.4.2 Kullback–Leibler Divergence 12.4.3 Mutual Information 12.4.4 Negentropy 12.4.5 Useful Approximations 12.5 Independent Component Estimation 12.5.1 Choice of Objective Function for ICA 12.5.2 Numerical Implementation 12.6 ICA via EOF Rotation and Weather and Climate Application 12.6.1 The Standard Two-Way Problem 12.6.2 Extension to the Three-Way Data 12.7 ICA Generalisation: Independent Subspace Analysis 13 Kernel EOFs 13.1 Background 13.2 Kernel EOFs 13.2.1 Formulation of Kernel EOFs 13.2.2 Practical Details of Kernel EOF Computation 13.2.3 Illustration with Concentric Clusters 13.3 Relation to Other Approaches 13.3.1 Spectral Clustering 13.3.2 Modularity Clustering 13.4 Pre-images in Kernel PCA 13.5 Application to An Atmospheric Model and Reanalyses 13.5.1 Application to a Simplified Atmospheric Model 13.5.2 Application to Reanalyses 13.6 Other Extensions of Kernel EOFs 13.6.1 Extended Kernel EOFs 13.6.2 Kernel POPs 14 Functional and Regularised EOFs 14.1 Functional EOFs 14.2 Functional PCs and Discrete Sampling 14.3 An Example of Functional PCs from Oceanography 14.4 Regularised EOFs 14.4.1 General Setting 14.4.2 Case of Spatial Fields 14.5 Numerical Solution of the Full Regularised EOF Problem 14.6 Application of Regularised EOFs to SLP Anomalies 15 Methods for Coupled Patterns 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Canonical Correlation Analysis 15.2.1 Background 15.2.2 Formulation of CCA 15.2.3 Computational Aspect 15.2.4 Regularised CCA 15.2.5 Use of Correlation Matrices 15.3 Canonical Covariance Analysis 15.4 Redundancy Analysis 15.4.1 Redundancy Index 15.4.2 Redundancy Analysis 15.5 Application: Optimal Lag Between Two Fields and Other Extensions 15.5.1 Application of CCA 15.5.2 Application of Redundancy 15.6 Principal Predictors 15.7 Extension: Functional Smooth CCA 15.7.1 Introduction 15.7.2 Functional Non-smooth CCA and Indeterminacy 15.7.3 Smooth CCA/MCA 15.7.4 Application of SMCA to Space–Time Fields 15.8 Some Points on Coupled Patterns and Multiva
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: 9783030338282 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive summary of research to date in the field of stable iron isotope geochemistry. Since research began in this field 20 years ago, the field has grown to become one of the major research fields in "non-traditional" stable isotope geochemistry. This book reviews all aspects of the field, from low-temperature to high-temperature processes, biological processes, and cosmochemical processes. It provides a detailed history and state-of-the art summary about analytical methods to determine Fe-isotope ratios and discusses analytical and sample prospects.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030338282 , 978-3-030-33828-2
    ISSN: 2364-5113 , 2364-5105
    Series Statement: Advances in isotope geochemistry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction and Overview 1.1 Geochemistry of Fe 1.1.1 Fe Redox 1.2 Stable Isotope Geochemistry 1.2.1 Nomenclature 1.2.2 Isotopic Fractionation 1.2.3 Processes that Produce Isotopic Variations 1.3 Overview of the Chapters References 2 Analytical Methods 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Iron Purification Methods 2.3 Mass Spectrometry 2.3.1 Beginnings of Fe Isotope Analysis 2.3.2 Multi Collector Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (MC-ICP-MS) 2.3.3 Modern MC-ICP-MS Using Pseudo High Mass Resolution Methods 2.3.4 Matrix Effects and Instrumental Mass Fractionation Corrections 2.4 In Situ Techniques 2.5 Summary References 3 Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Deriving Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors from First Principles 3.3 Experimental Methods for Measuring Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.3.1 The Role of Sorption in Isotope Exchange 3.4 Equilibrium Fractionation of Fe Isotopes: Working Toward a Unified Set of Fractionation Factors 3.4.1 Aqueous Fe Species 3.4.2 Aqueous Fe Mineral Fractionation 3.5 Biological Experiments 3.5.1 Fe Oxidizing Experiments 3.5.2 Magnetotactic Bacteria 3.5.3 Fe Reducing Experiments 3.6 Preferred Set of b-Values 3.7 Summary References 4 High-Temperature Fe Isotope Geochemistry 4.1 Iron Isotope Variations in the Solar System 4.1.1 Chondrites and Chondritic Components 4.1.2 Differentiated Planetary Material 4.2 The Silicate Earth 4.2.1 The Mantle and Its Minerals 4.2.2 Basalts and Komatiites 4.2.3 Differentiated Crust 4.2.4 Magmatic Minerals 4.2.5 Hydrothermal Products and Ores 4.2.6 Metamorphic Rocks 4.3 Planetary Formation and Magmatic Processes 4.3.1 Planetary Accretion 4.3.2 Formation and Differentiation of Planetary Cores 4.3.3 Partial Melting on Earth and Other Planets 4.3.4 Mantle Metasomatism 4.3.5 Differentiation of Melts 4.3.6 The Mantle and Crust of the Earth as Compared to Other Planets 4.4 Summary References 5 The Modern Surficial World 5.1 Weathering 5.1.1 Mechanical Weathering 5.1.2 Chemical Weathering 5.1.3 Soils 5.2 Rivers and Groundwater 5.2.1 Rivers 5.2.2 Groundwater and Terrestrial Hydrothermal Systems 5.3 Redox-Stratified Water Bodies 5.3.1 Lake Water 5.3.2 Lake Sediments 5.3.3 The Black Sea 5.4 Marine Sediments 5.4.1 Reactive Fe Inventories 5.4.2 Pore Fluid-Sediment Interactions 5.4.3 Solid-Phase Fe Components 5.4.4 Benthic Fe Fluxes 5.5 The Fe Budget of the Modern Oceans 5.5.1 Seawater Fe 5.5.2 Riverine and Aeolian Sources 5.5.3 Benthic Sources 5.5.4 Hydrothermal Sources 5.6 Summary References 6 The Ancient Earth 6.1 The Cenozoic Marine System 6.1.1 Global Changes in the Cenozoic 6.1.2 Fe–Mn Crusts as Archives of Paleo-Seawater Compositions 6.1.3 Fe Isotope Variations in Cenozoic Seawater 6.2 Cretaceous Anoxic Events 6.2.1 Cenomanian-Turonian OAE-2 6.3 Precambrian Earth: An Introduction 6.3.1 Broad Changes in the Surface Earth in the Precambrian 6.3.2 Temporal Changes in Fe Abundance and Speciation 6.3.3 Differences in Marine Fe Pathways Between Modern and Ancient Earth 6.3.4 Authigenic Fe Isotope and Reactive Fe Trends 6.4 Precambrian Earth: The Neoproterozoic 6.4.1 Neoproterozoic Clastic Marine Sedimentary Rocks 6.4.2 Revisiting Reactive Fe Speciation and d56Fe 6.4.3 Neoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5 Precambrian Earth: The Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Transition Through the GOE 6.5.1 The Post-GOE Sedimentary Record 6.5.2 Changes in Weathering Across the GOE 6.5.3 Moving to a Low-Oxygen World: Key Issues of Fe Mass Balance, Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors, Fe 2+aq Oxidation, and the Age of Redox Proxies 6.5.4 Early Paleoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5.5 Early Paleoproterozoic Rise of Mn Redox 6.5.6 Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Continental Margins: Relations Between Shales, Carbonate Platforms, and IFs . 6.6 Precambrian Earth: The Early Archean Record 6.6.1 The Mesoarchean Witwatersrand and Pongola Basins 6.6.2 The Paleoarchean Barberton Greenstone Belt and Pilbara Craton 6.6.3 The High-Grade Metamorphic Terranes of the Eoarchean 6.7 Precambrian Earth: Synthesis of the Eoarchean Through Paleoproterozoic 6.8 Chapter Summary References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Marburg] : H4O - Heroes for the Ocean
    Call number: AWI G2-24-95628
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 850 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783000752018 , 978-3-00-075201-8
    Series Statement: Edition 1 - Ostsee - Nordsee, Nordatlantik
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort ERSTER TEIL Faszination Ozean Im Reich der Tiefe Astronaut auf Erden Die Stimme der Meere ZWEITER TEIL Am Abgrund der Meere Der Schatz von Helgoland Geisterjagd vor Rügen Am Limit DRITTER TEIL Der Weg nach vorn Unscheinbarer Superheld Grundreinigung Mut zur Hoffnung Dein Leben für den Ozean DANKSAGUNG DIE AUTOREN IMPRESSUM BILDNACHWEIS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 978-3-593-44566-3 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Als sich der Wettlauf um Nordwestpassage und Nordpol im frühen 20. Jahrhundert verschärfte, suchte die dänische Administration Grönlands nach Verbündeten. Als Zulieferer kolonialen Wissens rekrutierte sie Schweizer Naturforscher, die sich ihrerseits als nationale Polarhelden vermarkteten. An welche Auflagen waren die Forschungsreisenden aus der Schweiz in der Arktis gebunden? Wie kontrollierte die dänische Handelsgesellschaft den Kontakt der Außenseiter zur lokalen Bevölkerung, den Inuit? Wer finanzierte die Expeditionen? Lea Pfäffli erzählt eine transimperiale Geschichte arktischen Wissens und leuchtet dabei Kolonialreich und Nation neu aus. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (201 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-593-51309-6 , 978-3-593-44566-3
    Series Statement: Globalgeschichte Band 32
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, ETH Zürich, 2019 , Inhalt Polarheld werden Transimperiale Verflechtungen Wissensgeschichte der Arktis Ausrüstung Route I. Mobilisieren, Kombinieren, Vernetzen – Elemente des Weltwissens Problematisierung der Arktis Alpin-Arktische Flora Wetter und Polarwirbel Arktische Karriereschübe II. Verwalten, Verordnen, Glorifizieren – Königlicher Fernhandel Abgeriegelte Kolonie Logistische Planung Arktisches Laboratorium Rekrutieren im imperialen Wettlauf Koloniales Wissen Aerologie und Anthropologie Dänischer Exzeptionalismus Anthropologische Naturdenkmäler Neutrale Zeugen III. Flicken, Züchten, Stilisieren – Indigenes Wissen Hunde und Peitschen Anorak und Kamiker Strömung und Wetter Kräuter, Kohle und Schädel Eisen, Fossilien und Ethnographika IV. Regulieren, Bezahlen, Umsorgen – Arktische Aneignungen Monopolhandel Polizeiwesen Lohntarife Schattenwirtschaft Ambivalenzen V. Beflaggen, Kolorieren, Finanzieren – Populäre Eiswelten Ästhetik der Erhabenheit Phantasma der Erstbegehung Staatliches Desinteresse Polarfieber und Diavorträge Produktplatzierung und Reklame Das Ende des Polarhelden Dank Archive und Sammlungen Literatur , German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: ZSP-201-10
    In: SIPRE report, 10
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten
    Series Statement: SIPRE report 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Synopsis Introduction Authority Purpose and scope SIPRE organization and activities Cryological problems and military end points Present state of knowledge General Introduction Terminology and classification Snow and ice Introduction Physical properties and geometry Density and water equivalent Water holding or storage capacity of snow Water transmission through snow Bound water Crystallography and metamorphism Porosity and permeability Mechanical properties Elasto-plastic properties Friction Strength Hardness Electromagnetic properties Dielectric constants Conductivity Magnetic properties Piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects Triboelectricity Freezing potential Thermodynamic properties Thermal properties Radiation Phase relations Engineering problems Snow and ice removal Snow compaction Snow draft control Trafficability Temporary structures Snow melt and runoff Maps Frozen ground and permafrost Introduction Frost action Theory of frost action Cyclic freezing and thawing Manifestations of frost actions Frost heave on freezing Reduction in load-carrying capacity on thawing Soil movements on slopes Ground properties affecting or affected by frost action Composition, grain size, and grain-size distribution Soil-moisture-movement properties Thermal properties Structure of unfrozen ground Structure of frozen ground Strength of frozen ground Freezing point Ground conditions affecting or affected by frost action Density Degree of saturation Interrelation of climate, position, vegetation, and soil Frost phenomena Climate Position Vegetation Engineering problems Excavation and replacement Subsurface drainage Base courses Insulation courses Surface icing and its control Trafficability Building foundations Maps Current related research Introduction Military cryological research in United States and Canada Non-military cryological research in the Western World Research needed Introduction Subjects for fundamental research Subjects for applied research
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...